Mercurial > emacs
annotate doc/misc/faq.texi @ 107521:54f3a4d055ee
Document font-use-system-font.
* cmdargs.texi (Font X): Move most content to Fonts.
* frames.texi (Fonts): New node. Document font-use-system-font.
* emacs.texi (Top):
* xresources.texi (Table of Resources):
* mule.texi (Defining Fontsets, Charsets): Update xrefs.
| author | Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com> |
|---|---|
| date | Sat, 20 Mar 2010 13:24:06 -0400 |
| parents | 72f8f4f82b9d |
| children | 14f1ff916f19 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 84296 | 1 \input texinfo @c -*- mode: texinfo; -*- |
| 2 @c %**start of header | |
|
84329
3d431f1997d8
(setfilename): Go up one more level to ../../info.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
84296
diff
changeset
|
3 @setfilename ../../info/efaq |
| 84296 | 4 @settitle GNU Emacs FAQ |
| 5 @c %**end of header | |
| 6 | |
| 7 @c This is used in many places | |
|
107492
72f8f4f82b9d
Bump version to 23.1.94 and regenerate ldefs-boot.el.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107326
diff
changeset
|
8 @set VER 23.1.94 |
| 84296 | 9 |
| 10 @c This file is maintained by Romain Francoise <rfrancoise@gnu.org>. | |
| 11 @c Feel free to install changes without prior permission (but I'd | |
| 12 @c appreciate a notice if you do). | |
| 13 | |
| 14 @copying | |
|
106262
99056f788a09
(Latest version of Emacs): Mention stability of development version.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
104626
diff
changeset
|
15 Copyright @copyright{} 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, |
| 106815 | 16 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.@* |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
17 Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
18 Reuven M. Lerner@* |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
19 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993 Steven Byrnes@* |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
20 Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 1992 Joseph Brian Wells@* |
| 84296 | 21 |
| 22 @quotation | |
| 23 This list of frequently asked questions about GNU Emacs with answers | |
| 24 (``FAQ'') may be translated into other languages, transformed into other | |
| 25 formats (e.g. Texinfo, Info, WWW, WAIS), and updated with new information. | |
| 26 | |
| 27 The same conditions apply to any derivative of the FAQ as apply to the FAQ | |
| 28 itself. Every copy of the FAQ must include this notice or an approved | |
| 29 translation, information on who is currently maintaining the FAQ and how to | |
| 30 contact them (including their e-mail address), and information on where the | |
| 31 latest version of the FAQ is archived (including FTP information). | |
| 32 | |
| 33 The FAQ may be copied and redistributed under these conditions, except that | |
| 34 the FAQ may not be embedded in a larger literary work unless that work | |
| 35 itself allows free copying and redistribution. | |
| 36 | |
| 37 [This version has been heavily edited since it was included in the Emacs | |
| 38 distribution.] | |
| 39 @end quotation | |
| 40 @end copying | |
| 41 | |
| 42 @dircategory Emacs | |
| 43 @direntry | |
| 44 * Emacs FAQ: (efaq). Frequently Asked Questions about Emacs. | |
| 45 @end direntry | |
| 46 | |
| 47 @c The @titlepage stuff only appears in the printed version | |
| 48 @titlepage | |
| 49 @sp 10 | |
| 50 @center @titlefont{GNU Emacs FAQ} | |
| 51 | |
| 52 @c The following two commands start the copyright page. | |
| 53 @page | |
| 54 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll | |
| 55 @insertcopying | |
| 56 @end titlepage | |
| 57 | |
|
102059
9bcea07061a8
consistently use @insertcopying, @direntry, @contents
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents:
101743
diff
changeset
|
58 @contents |
|
9bcea07061a8
consistently use @insertcopying, @direntry, @contents
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents:
101743
diff
changeset
|
59 |
| 103394 | 60 @node Top, FAQ notation, (dir), (dir) |
| 61 @top The GNU Emacs FAQ | |
| 84296 | 62 |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
63 @c FIXME @today is just the day we ran `makeinfo'. |
| 84296 | 64 This is the GNU Emacs FAQ, last updated on @today{}. |
| 65 | |
| 66 This FAQ is maintained as a part of GNU Emacs. If you find any errors, | |
| 67 or have any suggestions, please use @kbd{M-x report-emacs-bug} to report | |
| 68 them. | |
| 69 | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
70 This is the version of the FAQ distributed with Emacs @value{VER}, and |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
71 mainly describes that version. Although there is some information on |
| 103446 | 72 older versions, details about very old releases (now only of historical |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
73 interest) have been removed. If you are interested in this, consult |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
74 either the version of the FAQ distributed with older versions of Emacs, |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
75 or the history of this document in the Emacs source repository. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
76 |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
77 Since Emacs releases are very stable, we recommend always running the |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
78 latest release. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
79 |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
80 This FAQ is not updated very frequently. When you have a question about |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
81 Emacs, the Emacs manual is often the best starting point. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
82 |
|
102059
9bcea07061a8
consistently use @insertcopying, @direntry, @contents
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents:
101743
diff
changeset
|
83 @ifnottex |
|
9bcea07061a8
consistently use @insertcopying, @direntry, @contents
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents:
101743
diff
changeset
|
84 @insertcopying |
|
9bcea07061a8
consistently use @insertcopying, @direntry, @contents
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents:
101743
diff
changeset
|
85 @end ifnottex |
|
9bcea07061a8
consistently use @insertcopying, @direntry, @contents
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents:
101743
diff
changeset
|
86 |
| 84296 | 87 @menu |
| 88 * FAQ notation:: | |
| 89 * General questions:: | |
| 90 * Getting help:: | |
| 91 * Status of Emacs:: | |
| 92 * Common requests:: | |
| 93 * Bugs and problems:: | |
| 94 * Compiling and installing Emacs:: | |
| 95 * Finding Emacs and related packages:: | |
| 96 * Major packages and programs:: | |
| 97 * Key bindings:: | |
| 98 * Alternate character sets:: | |
| 99 * Mail and news:: | |
| 100 * Concept index:: | |
| 101 @end menu | |
| 102 | |
| 103 @c ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 103394 | 104 @node FAQ notation |
| 84296 | 105 @chapter FAQ notation |
| 106 @cindex FAQ notation | |
| 107 | |
| 108 This chapter describes notation used in the GNU Emacs FAQ, as well as in | |
| 109 the Emacs documentation. Consult this section if this is the first time | |
| 110 you are reading the FAQ, or if you are confused by notation or terms | |
| 111 used in the FAQ. | |
| 112 | |
| 113 @menu | |
| 114 * Basic keys:: | |
| 115 * Extended commands:: | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
116 * Emacs manual:: |
| 84296 | 117 * File-name conventions:: |
| 118 * Common acronyms:: | |
| 119 @end menu | |
| 120 | |
| 103394 | 121 @node Basic keys |
| 84296 | 122 @section What do these mean: @kbd{C-h}, @kbd{C-M-a}, @key{RET}, @kbd{@key{ESC} a}, etc.? |
| 123 @cindex Basic keys | |
| 124 @cindex Control key, notation for | |
| 125 @cindex @key{Meta} key, notation for | |
| 126 @cindex Control-Meta characters, notation for | |
| 127 @cindex @kbd{C-h}, definition of | |
| 128 @cindex @kbd{C-M-h}, definition of | |
| 129 @cindex @key{DEL}, definition of | |
| 130 @cindex @key{ESC}, definition of | |
| 131 @cindex @key{LFD}, definition of | |
| 132 @cindex @key{RET}, definition of | |
| 133 @cindex @key{SPC}, definition of | |
| 134 @cindex @key{TAB}, definition of | |
| 135 @cindex Notation for keys | |
| 136 | |
| 137 @itemize @bullet | |
| 138 | |
| 139 @item | |
| 140 @kbd{C-x}: press the @key{x} key while holding down the @key{Control} key | |
| 141 | |
| 142 @item | |
| 143 @kbd{M-x}: press the @key{x} key while holding down the @key{Meta} key | |
| 144 (if your computer doesn't have a @key{Meta} key, @pxref{No Meta key}) | |
| 145 | |
| 146 @item | |
| 147 @kbd{M-C-x}: press the @key{x} key while holding down both @key{Control} | |
| 148 and @key{Meta} | |
| 149 | |
| 150 @item | |
| 151 @kbd{C-M-x}: a synonym for the above | |
| 152 | |
| 153 @item | |
| 154 @key{LFD}: Linefeed or Newline; same as @kbd{C-j} | |
| 155 | |
| 156 @item | |
| 157 @key{RET}: @key{Return}, sometimes marked @key{Enter}; same as @kbd{C-m} | |
| 158 | |
| 159 @item | |
| 160 @key{DEL}: @key{Delete}, usually @strong{not} the same as | |
| 161 @key{Backspace}; same as @kbd{C-?} (see @ref{Backspace invokes help}, if | |
| 162 deleting invokes Emacs help) | |
| 163 | |
| 164 @item | |
| 165 @key{ESC}: Escape; same as @kbd{C-[} | |
| 166 | |
| 167 @item | |
| 168 @key{TAB}: Tab; same as @kbd{C-i} | |
| 169 | |
| 170 @item | |
| 171 @key{SPC}: Space bar | |
| 172 | |
| 173 @end itemize | |
| 174 | |
| 175 Key sequences longer than one key (and some single-key sequences) are | |
| 176 written inside quotes or on lines by themselves, like this: | |
| 177 | |
| 178 @display | |
| 179 @kbd{M-x frobnicate-while-foo RET} | |
| 180 @end display | |
| 181 | |
| 182 @noindent | |
| 183 Any real spaces in such a key sequence should be ignored; only @key{SPC} | |
| 184 really means press the space key. | |
| 185 | |
| 186 The @acronym{ASCII} code sent by @kbd{C-x} (except for @kbd{C-?}) is the value | |
| 187 that would be sent by pressing just @key{x} minus 96 (or 64 for | |
| 188 upper-case @key{X}) and will be from 0 to 31. On Unix and GNU/Linux | |
| 189 terminals, the @acronym{ASCII} code sent by @kbd{M-x} is the sum of 128 and the | |
| 190 @acronym{ASCII} code that would be sent by pressing just @key{x}. Essentially, | |
| 191 @key{Control} turns off bits 5 and 6 and @key{Meta} turns on bit | |
| 192 7@footnote{ | |
| 193 DOS and Windows terminals don't set bit 7 when the @key{Meta} key is | |
| 194 pressed.}. | |
| 195 | |
| 196 @kbd{C-?} (aka @key{DEL}) is @acronym{ASCII} code 127. It is a misnomer to call | |
| 197 @kbd{C-?} a ``control'' key, since 127 has both bits 5 and 6 turned ON. | |
| 198 Also, on very few keyboards does @kbd{C-?} generate @acronym{ASCII} code 127. | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
199 @c FIXME I cannot understand the previous sentence. |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
200 |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
201 @inforef{Keys, Keys, emacs}, for more information. (@xref{Emacs |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
202 manual}, for more information about Info.) |
| 84296 | 203 |
| 103394 | 204 @node Extended commands |
| 84296 | 205 @section What does @file{M-x @var{command}} mean? |
| 206 @cindex Extended commands | |
| 207 @cindex Commands, extended | |
| 208 @cindex M-x, meaning of | |
| 209 | |
| 210 @kbd{M-x @var{command}} means type @kbd{M-x}, then type the name of the | |
| 211 command, then type @key{RET}. (@xref{Basic keys}, if you're not sure | |
| 212 what @kbd{M-x} and @key{RET} mean.) | |
| 213 | |
| 214 @kbd{M-x} (by default) invokes the command | |
| 215 @code{execute-extended-command}. This command allows you to run any | |
| 216 Emacs command if you can remember the command's name. If you can't | |
| 217 remember the command's name, you can type @key{TAB} and @key{SPC} for | |
| 218 completion, @key{?} for a list of possibilities, and @kbd{M-p} and | |
| 103446 | 219 @kbd{M-n} (or up-arrow and down-arrow) to see previous commands entered. |
| 220 An Emacs @dfn{command} is an @dfn{interactive} Emacs function. | |
| 84296 | 221 |
| 222 @cindex @key{Do} key | |
| 223 Your system administrator may have bound other key sequences to invoke | |
| 224 @code{execute-extended-command}. A function key labeled @kbd{Do} is a | |
| 225 good candidate for this, on keyboards that have such a key. | |
| 226 | |
| 227 If you need to run non-interactive Emacs functions, see @ref{Evaluating | |
| 228 Emacs Lisp code}. | |
| 229 | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
230 @node Emacs manual |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
231 @section How do I read topic XXX in the Emacs manual? |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
232 @cindex Emacs manual, reading topics in |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
233 @cindex Reading topics in the Emacs manual |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
234 @cindex Finding topics in the Emacs manual |
| 84296 | 235 @cindex Info, finding topics in |
| 236 | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
237 When we refer you to some @var{topic} in the Emacs manual, you can |
| 84296 | 238 read this manual node inside Emacs (assuming nothing is broken) by |
| 239 typing @kbd{C-h i m emacs @key{RET} m @var{topic} @key{RET}}. | |
| 240 | |
| 241 This invokes Info, the GNU hypertext documentation browser. If you don't | |
| 242 already know how to use Info, type @key{?} from within Info. | |
| 243 | |
| 244 If we refer to @var{topic}:@var{subtopic}, type @kbd{C-h i m emacs | |
| 245 @key{RET} m @var{topic} @key{RET} m @var{subtopic} @key{RET}}. | |
| 246 | |
| 247 If these commands don't work as expected, your system administrator may | |
| 248 not have installed the Info files, or may have installed them | |
| 249 improperly. In this case you should complain. | |
| 250 | |
| 103446 | 251 If you are reading this FAQ in Info, you can simply press @key{RET} on a |
| 252 reference to follow it. | |
| 253 | |
| 84296 | 254 @xref{Getting a printed manual}, if you would like a paper copy of the |
| 255 Emacs manual. | |
| 256 | |
| 103394 | 257 @node File-name conventions |
| 103446 | 258 @section What are @file{etc/GNU}, @file{src/config.h}, @file{site-lisp/default.el}, etc.? |
| 84296 | 259 @cindex File-name conventions |
| 260 @cindex Conventions for file names | |
| 261 @cindex Directories and files that come with Emacs | |
| 262 | |
| 263 These are files that come with Emacs. The Emacs distribution is divided | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
264 into subdirectories; e.g. @file{etc}, @file{lisp}, and @file{src}. |
| 103446 | 265 Some of these (e.g. @file{etc} and @file{lisp}) are present both in |
| 266 an installed Emacs and in the sources, but some (e.g. @file{src}) are | |
| 267 only found in the sources. | |
| 84296 | 268 |
| 269 If you use Emacs, but don't know where it is kept on your system, start | |
| 270 Emacs, then type @kbd{C-h v data-directory @key{RET}}. The directory | |
| 271 name displayed by this will be the full pathname of the installed | |
| 272 @file{etc} directory. (This full path is recorded in the Emacs variable | |
| 273 @code{data-directory}, and @kbd{C-h v} displays the value and the | |
| 274 documentation of a variable.) | |
| 275 | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
276 The location of your Info directory (i.e., where Info documentation |
| 84296 | 277 is stored) is kept in the variable @code{Info-default-directory-list}. Use |
| 278 @kbd{C-h v Info-default-directory-list @key{RET}} to see the value of | |
| 279 this variable, which will be a list of directory names. The last | |
| 280 directory in that list is probably where most Info files are stored. By | |
| 103446 | 281 default, Emacs Info documentation is placed in @file{/usr/local/share/info}. |
| 282 | |
| 283 For information on some of the files in the @file{etc} directory, | |
| 284 @pxref{Informational files for Emacs}. | |
| 84296 | 285 |
| 103394 | 286 @node Common acronyms |
|
103383
288ef1280a95
(Common acronyms): Remove no-longer-existing OSF.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103279
diff
changeset
|
287 @section What are FSF, LPF, GNU, RMS, FTP, and GPL? |
| 84296 | 288 @cindex FSF, definition of |
| 289 @cindex LPF, definition of | |
| 290 @cindex GNU, definition of | |
| 291 @cindex RMS, definition of | |
| 292 @cindex Stallman, Richard, acronym for | |
| 293 @cindex Richard Stallman, acronym for | |
| 294 @cindex FTP, definition of | |
| 295 @cindex GPL, definition of | |
| 296 @cindex Acronyms, definitions for | |
| 297 @cindex Common acronyms, definitions for | |
| 298 | |
| 299 @table @asis | |
| 300 | |
| 301 @item FSF | |
| 302 Free Software Foundation | |
| 303 | |
| 304 @item LPF | |
| 305 League for Programming Freedom | |
| 306 | |
| 307 @item GNU | |
| 308 GNU's Not Unix | |
| 309 | |
| 310 @item RMS | |
| 311 Richard Matthew Stallman | |
| 312 | |
| 313 @item FTP | |
| 314 File Transfer Protocol | |
| 315 | |
| 316 @item GPL | |
| 317 GNU General Public License | |
| 318 | |
| 319 @end table | |
| 320 | |
|
103383
288ef1280a95
(Common acronyms): Remove no-longer-existing OSF.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103279
diff
changeset
|
321 Avoid confusing the FSF and the LPF. The LPF opposes |
| 84296 | 322 look-and-feel copyrights and software patents. The FSF aims to make |
|
103383
288ef1280a95
(Common acronyms): Remove no-longer-existing OSF.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103279
diff
changeset
|
323 high quality free software available for everyone. |
| 84296 | 324 |
| 325 The word ``free'' in the title of the Free Software Foundation refers to | |
| 326 ``freedom,'' not ``zero cost.'' Anyone can charge any price for | |
| 327 GPL-covered software that they want to. However, in practice, the | |
| 328 freedom enforced by the GPL leads to low prices, because you can always | |
| 329 get the software for less money from someone else, since everyone has | |
| 330 the right to resell or give away GPL-covered software. | |
| 331 | |
| 332 @c ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 103394 | 333 @node General questions |
| 84296 | 334 @chapter General questions |
| 335 @cindex General questions | |
| 336 | |
| 337 This chapter contains general questions having to do with Emacs, the | |
| 338 Free Software Foundation, and related organizations. | |
| 339 | |
| 340 @menu | |
| 341 * The LPF:: | |
| 342 * Real meaning of copyleft:: | |
| 343 * Guidelines for newsgroup postings:: | |
| 344 * Newsgroup archives:: | |
| 345 * Reporting bugs:: | |
| 346 * Unsubscribing from Emacs lists:: | |
| 347 * Contacting the FSF:: | |
| 348 @end menu | |
| 349 | |
| 103394 | 350 @node The LPF |
| 84296 | 351 @section What is the LPF? |
| 352 @cindex LPF, description of | |
| 353 @cindex League for Programming Freedom | |
| 354 @cindex Software patents, opposition to | |
| 355 @cindex Patents for software, opposition to | |
| 356 | |
| 357 The LPF opposes the expanding danger of software patents and | |
|
103383
288ef1280a95
(Common acronyms): Remove no-longer-existing OSF.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103279
diff
changeset
|
358 look-and-feel copyrights. More information on the LPF's views is |
|
288ef1280a95
(Common acronyms): Remove no-longer-existing OSF.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103279
diff
changeset
|
359 available at @uref{http://progfree.org/, the LPF home page}. |
| 84296 | 360 |
| 103394 | 361 @node Real meaning of copyleft |
| 84296 | 362 @section What is the real legal meaning of the GNU copyleft? |
| 363 @cindex Copyleft, real meaning of | |
| 364 @cindex GPL, real meaning of | |
| 365 @cindex General Public License, real meaning of | |
| 366 @cindex Discussion of the GPL | |
| 367 | |
| 368 The real legal meaning of the GNU General Public License (copyleft) will | |
| 369 only be known if and when a judge rules on its validity and scope. | |
| 370 There has never been a copyright infringement case involving the GPL to | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
371 set any precedents. Although legal actions have been brought against |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
372 companies for violating the terms of the GPL, so far all have been |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
373 settled out of court (in favour of the plaintiffs). Please take any |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
374 discussion regarding this issue to the newsgroup |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
375 @uref{news:gnu.misc.discuss}, which was created to hold the extensive |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
376 flame wars on the subject. |
| 84296 | 377 |
| 378 RMS writes: | |
| 379 | |
| 380 @quotation | |
| 381 The legal meaning of the GNU copyleft is less important than the spirit, | |
| 382 which is that Emacs is a free software project and that work pertaining | |
| 383 to Emacs should also be free software. ``Free'' means that all users | |
| 384 have the freedom to study, share, change and improve Emacs. To make | |
| 385 sure everyone has this freedom, pass along source code when you | |
| 386 distribute any version of Emacs or a related program, and give the | |
| 387 recipients the same freedom that you enjoyed. | |
| 388 @end quotation | |
| 389 | |
| 103394 | 390 @node Guidelines for newsgroup postings |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
391 @section What are appropriate messages for the various Emacs newsgroups? |
| 84296 | 392 @cindex Newsgroups, appropriate messages for |
| 393 @cindex GNU newsgroups, appropriate messages for | |
| 394 @cindex Usenet groups, appropriate messages for | |
| 395 @cindex Mailing lists, appropriate messages for | |
| 396 @cindex Posting messages to newsgroups | |
| 397 | |
| 398 @cindex GNU mailing lists | |
| 399 The file @file{etc/MAILINGLISTS} describes the purpose of each GNU | |
| 103446 | 400 mailing list (@pxref{Informational files for Emacs}). For those lists |
| 401 which are gatewayed with newsgroups, it lists both the newsgroup name | |
| 402 and the mailing list address. The Emacs mailing lists are also | |
| 403 described at @uref{http://savannah.gnu.org/mail/?group=emacs, the Emacs | |
| 404 Savannah page}. | |
| 84296 | 405 |
| 406 The newsgroup @uref{news:comp.emacs} is for discussion of Emacs programs | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
407 in general. The newsgroup @uref{news:gnu.emacs.help} is specifically |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
408 for GNU Emacs. It therefore makes no sense to cross-post to both |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
409 groups, since only one can be appropriate to any question. |
| 84296 | 410 |
| 411 Messages advocating ``non-free'' software are considered unacceptable on | |
| 412 any of the @code{gnu.*} newsgroups except for @uref{news:gnu.misc.discuss}, | |
| 413 which was created to hold the extensive flame-wars on the subject. | |
| 414 ``Non-free'' software includes any software for which the end user can't | |
| 415 freely modify the source code and exchange enhancements. Be careful to | |
| 416 remove the @code{gnu.*} groups from the @samp{Newsgroups:} line when | |
| 417 posting a followup that recommends such software. | |
| 418 | |
| 419 @uref{news:gnu.emacs.bug} is a place where bug reports appear, but avoid | |
| 420 posting bug reports to this newsgroup directly (@pxref{Reporting bugs}). | |
| 421 | |
| 103394 | 422 @node Newsgroup archives |
| 84296 | 423 @section Where can I get old postings to @uref{news:gnu.emacs.help} and other GNU groups? |
| 424 @cindex Archived postings from @code{gnu.emacs.help} | |
| 425 @cindex Usenet archives for GNU groups | |
| 426 @cindex Old Usenet postings for GNU groups | |
| 427 | |
| 428 The FSF has maintained archives of all of the GNU mailing lists for many | |
| 429 years, although there may be some unintentional gaps in coverage. The | |
| 103446 | 430 archive can be browsed over the web at |
| 431 @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/, the GNU mail archive}. Raw | |
| 432 files can be downloaded from @uref{ftp://lists.gnu.org/}. | |
| 84296 | 433 |
| 434 Web-based Usenet search services, such as | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
435 @uref{http://groups.google.com/groups/dir?q=gnu&, Google}, also |
| 84296 | 436 archive the @code{gnu.*} groups. |
| 437 | |
| 103446 | 438 You can also read the archives of the @code{gnu.*} groups and post new |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
439 messages at @uref{http://gmane.org/, Gmane}. Gmane is a service that |
| 103446 | 440 presents mailing lists as newsgroups (even those without a traditional |
| 441 mail-to-news gateway). | |
| 84296 | 442 |
| 103394 | 443 @node Reporting bugs |
| 84296 | 444 @section Where should I report bugs and other problems with Emacs? |
| 445 @cindex Bug reporting | |
| 446 @cindex Good bug reports | |
| 447 @cindex How to submit a bug report | |
| 448 @cindex Reporting bugs | |
| 449 | |
| 450 The correct way to report Emacs bugs is to use the command | |
| 451 @kbd{M-x report-emacs-bug}. It sets up a mail buffer with the | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
452 essential information and the correct e-mail address, which is |
| 84296 | 453 @email{bug-gnu-emacs@@gnu.org} for the released versions of Emacs. |
| 454 Anything sent to @email{bug-gnu-emacs@@gnu.org} also appears in the | |
| 455 newsgroup @uref{news:gnu.emacs.bug}, but please use e-mail instead of | |
| 456 news to submit the bug report. This ensures a reliable return address | |
| 457 so you can be contacted for further details. | |
| 458 | |
| 459 Be sure to read the ``Bugs'' section of the Emacs manual before reporting | |
| 460 a bug! The manual describes in detail how to submit a useful bug | |
| 461 report (@pxref{Bugs, , Reporting Bugs, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}). | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
462 (@xref{Emacs manual}, if you don't know how to read the manual.) |
| 84296 | 463 |
| 464 RMS says: | |
| 465 | |
| 466 @quotation | |
| 467 Sending bug reports to @email{help-gnu-emacs@@gnu.org} (which has the | |
| 468 effect of posting on @uref{news:gnu.emacs.help}) is undesirable because | |
| 469 it takes the time of an unnecessarily large group of people, most of | |
| 470 whom are just users and have no idea how to fix these problem. | |
| 471 @email{bug-gnu-emacs@@gnu.org} reaches a much smaller group of people | |
| 472 who are more likely to know what to do and have expressed a wish to | |
| 473 receive more messages about Emacs than the others. | |
| 474 @end quotation | |
| 475 | |
| 476 RMS says it is sometimes fine to post to @uref{news:gnu.emacs.help}: | |
| 477 | |
| 478 @quotation | |
| 479 If you have reported a bug and you don't hear about a possible fix, | |
| 480 then after a suitable delay (such as a week) it is okay to post on | |
| 481 @code{gnu.emacs.help} asking if anyone can help you. | |
| 482 @end quotation | |
| 483 | |
| 484 If you are unsure whether you have found a bug, consider the following | |
| 485 non-exhaustive list, courtesy of RMS: | |
| 486 | |
| 487 @quotation | |
| 488 If Emacs crashes, that is a bug. If Emacs gets compilation errors | |
| 489 while building, that is a bug. If Emacs crashes while building, that | |
| 490 is a bug. If Lisp code does not do what the documentation says it | |
| 491 does, that is a bug. | |
| 492 @end quotation | |
| 493 | |
| 103394 | 494 @node Unsubscribing from Emacs lists |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
495 @section How do I unsubscribe from a mailing list? |
| 84296 | 496 @cindex Unsubscribing from GNU mailing lists |
| 497 @cindex Removing yourself from GNU mailing lists | |
| 498 | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
499 If you are receiving a GNU mailing list named @var{list}, you should be |
| 84296 | 500 able to unsubscribe from it by sending a request to the address |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
501 @email{@var{list}-request@@gnu.org}. Mailing lists mails normally |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
502 contain information in either the message header |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
503 (@samp{List-Unsubscribe:}) or as a footer that tells you how to |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
504 unsubscribe. |
| 84296 | 505 |
| 103394 | 506 @node Contacting the FSF |
| 84296 | 507 @section What is the current address of the FSF? |
| 508 @cindex Snail mail address of the FSF | |
| 509 @cindex Postal address of the FSF | |
| 510 @cindex Contracting the FSF | |
| 511 @cindex Free Software Foundation, contacting | |
| 512 | |
| 103446 | 513 For up-to-date information, see |
| 514 @uref{http://www.fsf.org/about/contact.html, the FSF contact web-page}. | |
| 515 | |
| 84296 | 516 @table @asis |
| 517 | |
| 518 @item E-mail | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
519 info@@fsf.org |
| 84296 | 520 |
| 521 @item Telephone | |
| 522 +1-617-542-5942 | |
| 523 | |
| 524 @item Fax | |
| 525 +1-617-542-2652 | |
| 526 | |
| 527 @item World Wide Web | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
528 @uref{http://www.fsf.org/} |
| 84296 | 529 |
| 530 @item Postal address | |
| 531 Free Software Foundation@* | |
| 532 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor@* | |
| 533 Boston, MA 02110-1301@* | |
| 534 USA@* | |
| 535 | |
| 536 @end table | |
| 537 | |
| 538 @cindex Ordering GNU software | |
| 539 For details on how to order items directly from the FSF, see the | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
540 @uref{http://shop.fsf.org/, FSF on-line store}. |
| 84296 | 541 |
| 542 @c ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 103394 | 543 @node Getting help |
| 84296 | 544 @chapter Getting help |
| 545 @cindex Getting help | |
| 546 | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
547 This chapter tells you how to get help with Emacs. |
| 84296 | 548 |
| 549 @menu | |
| 550 * Basic editing:: | |
| 551 * Learning how to do something:: | |
| 552 * Getting a printed manual:: | |
| 553 * Emacs Lisp documentation:: | |
| 554 * Installing Texinfo documentation:: | |
| 555 * Printing a Texinfo file:: | |
| 556 * Viewing Info files outside of Emacs:: | |
| 557 * Informational files for Emacs:: | |
| 558 * Help installing Emacs:: | |
| 559 * Obtaining the FAQ:: | |
| 560 @end menu | |
| 561 | |
| 103394 | 562 @node Basic editing |
| 84296 | 563 @section I'm just starting Emacs; how do I do basic editing? |
| 564 @cindex Basic editing with Emacs | |
| 565 @cindex Beginning editing | |
| 566 @cindex Tutorial, invoking the | |
| 567 @cindex Self-paced tutorial, invoking the | |
| 568 @cindex Help system, entering the | |
| 569 | |
| 570 Type @kbd{C-h t} to invoke the self-paced tutorial. Just typing | |
| 571 @kbd{C-h} enters the help system. Starting with Emacs 22, the tutorial | |
| 572 is available in many foreign languages such as French, German, Japanese, | |
| 573 Russian, etc. Use @kbd{M-x help-with-tutorial-spec-language @key{RET}} | |
| 574 to choose your language and start the tutorial. | |
| 575 | |
| 576 Your system administrator may have changed @kbd{C-h} to act like | |
| 577 @key{DEL} to deal with local keyboards. You can use @kbd{M-x | |
| 578 help-for-help} instead to invoke help. To discover what key (if any) | |
| 579 invokes help on your system, type @kbd{M-x where-is @key{RET} | |
| 580 help-for-help @key{RET}}. This will print a comma-separated list of key | |
| 581 sequences in the echo area. Ignore the last character in each key | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
582 sequence listed. Each of the resulting key sequences (e.g. @key{F1} is |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
583 common) invokes help. |
| 84296 | 584 |
| 585 Emacs help works best if it is invoked by a single key whose value | |
| 586 should be stored in the variable @code{help-char}. | |
| 587 | |
| 103394 | 588 @node Learning how to do something |
| 84296 | 589 @section How do I find out how to do something in Emacs? |
| 590 @cindex Help for Emacs | |
| 591 @cindex Learning to do something in Emacs | |
| 592 @cindex Reference card for Emacs | |
| 593 @cindex Overview of help systems | |
| 594 | |
| 595 There are several methods for finding out how to do things in Emacs. | |
| 596 | |
| 597 @itemize @bullet | |
| 598 | |
| 599 @cindex Reading the Emacs manual | |
| 600 @item | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
601 The complete text of the Emacs manual is available via the Info |
| 84296 | 602 hypertext reader. Type @kbd{C-h r} to display the manual in Info mode. |
| 603 Typing @key{h} immediately after entering Info will provide a short | |
| 604 tutorial on how to use it. | |
| 605 | |
| 606 @cindex Lookup a subject in a manual | |
| 607 @cindex Index search in a manual | |
| 608 @item | |
| 609 To quickly locate the section of the manual which discusses a certain | |
| 610 issue, or describes a command or a variable, type @kbd{C-h i m emacs | |
| 611 @key{RET} i @var{topic} @key{RET}}, where @var{topic} is the name of the | |
| 612 topic, the command, or the variable which you are looking for. If this | |
| 613 does not land you on the right place in the manual, press @kbd{,} | |
| 614 (comma) repeatedly until you find what you need. (The @kbd{i} and | |
| 615 @kbd{,} keys invoke the index-searching functions, which look for the | |
| 616 @var{topic} you type in all the indices of the Emacs manual.) | |
| 617 | |
| 618 @cindex Apropos | |
| 619 @item | |
| 620 You can list all of the commands whose names contain a certain word | |
| 621 (actually which match a regular expression) using @kbd{C-h a} (@kbd{M-x | |
| 622 command-apropos}). | |
| 623 | |
| 624 @cindex Command description in the manual | |
| 625 @item | |
| 626 The command @kbd{C-h F} (@code{Info-goto-emacs-command-node}) prompts | |
| 627 for the name of a command, and then attempts to find the section in the | |
| 628 Emacs manual where that command is described. | |
| 629 | |
| 630 @cindex Finding commands and variables | |
| 631 @item | |
| 632 You can list all of the functions and variables whose names contain a | |
| 633 certain word using @kbd{M-x apropos}. | |
| 634 | |
| 635 @item | |
| 636 You can list all of the functions and variables whose documentation | |
| 637 matches a regular expression or a string, using @kbd{M-x | |
| 638 apropos-documentation}. | |
| 639 | |
| 640 @item | |
| 641 You can order a hardcopy of the manual from the FSF. @xref{Getting a | |
| 642 printed manual}. | |
| 643 | |
| 644 @cindex Reference cards, in other languages | |
| 645 @item | |
| 646 You can get a printed reference card listing commands and keys to | |
|
103383
288ef1280a95
(Common acronyms): Remove no-longer-existing OSF.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103279
diff
changeset
|
647 invoke them. You can order one from the FSF for $2 (or 10 for $18), |
| 84296 | 648 or you can print your own from the @file{etc/refcards/refcard.tex} or |
|
103383
288ef1280a95
(Common acronyms): Remove no-longer-existing OSF.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103279
diff
changeset
|
649 @file{etc/refcards/refcard.pdf} files in the Emacs distribution. |
| 84296 | 650 Beginning with version 21.1, the Emacs distribution comes with |
| 651 translations of the reference card into several languages; look for | |
| 652 files named @file{etc/refcards/@var{lang}-refcard.*}, where @var{lang} | |
| 653 is a two-letter code of the language. For example, the German version | |
| 654 of the reference card is in the files @file{etc/refcards/de-refcard.tex} | |
|
103383
288ef1280a95
(Common acronyms): Remove no-longer-existing OSF.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103279
diff
changeset
|
655 and @file{etc/recards/de-refcard.pdf}. |
| 84296 | 656 |
| 657 @item | |
| 658 There are many other commands in Emacs for getting help and | |
| 659 information. To get a list of these commands, type @samp{?} after | |
| 660 @kbd{C-h}. | |
| 661 | |
| 662 @end itemize | |
| 663 | |
| 103394 | 664 @node Getting a printed manual |
| 84296 | 665 @section How do I get a printed copy of the Emacs manual? |
| 666 @cindex Printed Emacs manual, obtaining | |
| 667 @cindex Manual, obtaining a printed or HTML copy of | |
| 668 @cindex Emacs manual, obtaining a printed or HTML copy of | |
| 669 | |
| 670 You can order a printed copy of the Emacs manual from the FSF. For | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
671 details see the @uref{http://shop.fsf.org/, FSF on-line store}. |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
672 |
|
103383
288ef1280a95
(Common acronyms): Remove no-longer-existing OSF.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103279
diff
changeset
|
673 The full Texinfo source for the manual also comes in the @file{doc/emacs} |
| 84296 | 674 directory of the Emacs distribution, if you're daring enough to try to |
|
103383
288ef1280a95
(Common acronyms): Remove no-longer-existing OSF.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103279
diff
changeset
|
675 print out this several-hundred-page manual yourself (@pxref{Printing a Texinfo |
| 84296 | 676 file}). |
| 677 | |
| 678 If you absolutely have to print your own copy, and you don't have @TeX{}, | |
|
103383
288ef1280a95
(Common acronyms): Remove no-longer-existing OSF.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103279
diff
changeset
|
679 you can get a PostScript or PDF (or HTML) version from |
| 84296 | 680 |
| 681 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/} | |
| 682 | |
| 103446 | 683 @xref{Learning how to do something}, for how to view the manual from Emacs. |
| 84296 | 684 |
| 103394 | 685 @node Emacs Lisp documentation |
| 84296 | 686 @section Where can I get documentation on Emacs Lisp? |
| 687 @cindex Documentation on Emacs Lisp | |
| 688 @cindex Function documentation | |
| 689 @cindex Variable documentation | |
| 690 @cindex Emacs Lisp Reference Manual | |
| 691 @cindex Reference manual for Emacs Lisp | |
| 692 | |
| 693 Within Emacs, you can type @kbd{C-h f} to get the documentation for a | |
| 694 function, @kbd{C-h v} for a variable. | |
| 695 | |
| 696 For more information, the Emacs Lisp Reference Manual is available | |
| 103446 | 697 in Info format (@pxref{Top, Emacs Lisp,, elisp, The |
| 698 Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}). | |
| 699 | |
| 700 You can also order a hardcopy of the manual from the FSF, for details | |
| 701 see the @uref{http://shop.fsf.org/, FSF on-line store}. (This manual is | |
| 702 not always in print.) | |
| 84296 | 703 |
| 704 An HTML version of the Emacs Lisp Reference Manual is available at | |
| 705 | |
| 706 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/elisp-manual/elisp.html} | |
| 707 | |
| 103394 | 708 @node Installing Texinfo documentation |
| 84296 | 709 @section How do I install a piece of Texinfo documentation? |
| 710 @cindex Texinfo documentation, installing | |
| 711 @cindex Installing Texinfo documentation | |
| 712 @cindex New Texinfo files, installing | |
| 713 @cindex Documentation, installing new Texinfo files | |
| 714 @cindex Info files, how to install | |
| 715 | |
| 103446 | 716 Emacs releases come with pre-built Info files, and the normal install |
| 717 process places them in the correct location. This is true for most | |
| 718 applications that provide Info files. The following section is only | |
| 719 relevant if you want to install extra Info files by hand. | |
| 720 | |
| 721 First, you must turn the Texinfo source files into Info files. You may | |
| 722 do this using the stand-alone @file{makeinfo} program, available as part | |
| 723 of the Texinfo package at | |
| 84296 | 724 |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
725 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/} |
| 84296 | 726 |
| 727 For information about the Texinfo format, read the Texinfo manual which | |
| 728 comes with the Texinfo package. This manual also comes installed in | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
729 Info format, so you can read it from Emacs; type @kbd{C-h i m texinfo |
| 84296 | 730 @key{RET}}. |
| 731 | |
| 103446 | 732 @c FIXME is this a complete alternative? |
| 733 @c Probably not, given that we require makeinfo to build Emacs. | |
| 84296 | 734 Alternatively, you could use the Emacs command @kbd{M-x |
| 735 texinfo-format-buffer}, after visiting the Texinfo source file of the | |
| 736 manual you want to convert. | |
| 737 | |
| 738 Neither @code{texinfo-format-buffer} nor @file{makeinfo} installs the | |
| 739 resulting Info files in Emacs's Info tree. To install Info files, | |
| 740 perform these steps: | |
| 741 | |
| 742 @enumerate | |
| 743 @item | |
| 744 Move the files to the @file{info} directory in the installed Emacs | |
| 745 distribution. @xref{File-name conventions}, if you don't know where that | |
| 746 is. | |
| 747 | |
| 748 @item | |
| 749 Run the @code{install-info} command, which is part of the Texinfo | |
| 750 distribution, to update the main Info directory menu, like this: | |
| 751 | |
| 752 @example | |
| 753 install-info --info-dir=@var{dir-path} @var{dir-path}/@var{file} | |
| 754 @end example | |
| 755 | |
| 756 @noindent | |
| 757 where @var{dir-path} is the full path to the directory where you copied | |
| 758 the produced Info file(s), and @var{file} is the name of the Info file | |
| 759 you produced and want to install. | |
| 760 | |
| 761 If you don't have the @code{install-info} command installed, you can | |
| 762 edit the file @file{info/dir} in the installed Emacs distribution, and | |
| 763 add a line for the top level node in the Info package that you are | |
| 764 installing. Follow the examples already in this file. The format is: | |
| 765 | |
| 766 @example | |
| 767 * Topic: (relative-pathname). Short description of topic. | |
| 768 @end example | |
| 769 | |
| 770 @end enumerate | |
| 771 | |
| 772 If you want to install Info files and you don't have the necessary | |
| 773 privileges, you have several options: | |
| 774 | |
| 775 @itemize @bullet | |
| 776 @item | |
| 777 Info files don't actually need to be installed before being used. | |
| 778 You can use a prefix argument for the @code{info} command and specify | |
| 779 the name of the Info file in the minibuffer. This goes to the node | |
| 780 named @samp{Top} in that file. For example, to view a Info file named | |
| 781 @file{@var{info-file}} in your home directory, you can type this: | |
| 782 | |
| 783 @example | |
| 784 @kbd{C-u C-h i ~/@var{info-file} @key{RET}} | |
| 785 @end example | |
| 786 | |
| 787 Alternatively, you can feed a file name to the @code{Info-goto-node} | |
| 788 command (invoked by pressing @key{g} in Info mode) by typing the name | |
| 789 of the file in parentheses, like this: | |
| 790 | |
| 791 @example | |
| 792 @kbd{C-h i g (~/@var{info-file}) @key{RET}} | |
| 793 @end example | |
| 794 | |
| 795 @item | |
| 796 You can create your own Info directory. You can tell Emacs where that | |
| 797 Info directory is by adding its pathname to the value of the variable | |
| 798 @code{Info-default-directory-list}. For example, to use a private Info | |
| 799 directory which is a subdirectory of your home directory named @file{Info}, | |
| 800 you could put this in your @file{.emacs} file: | |
| 801 | |
| 802 @lisp | |
| 103446 | 803 (add-to-list 'Info-default-directory-list "~/Info") |
| 84296 | 804 @end lisp |
| 805 | |
| 806 You will need a top-level Info file named @file{dir} in this directory | |
| 103446 | 807 which has everything the system @file{dir} file has in it, except it |
| 808 should list only entries for Info files in that directory. You might | |
| 809 not need it if (fortuitously) all files in this directory were | |
| 810 referenced by other @file{dir} files. The node lists from all | |
| 811 @file{dir} files in @code{Info-default-directory-list} are merged by the | |
| 812 Info system. | |
| 84296 | 813 |
| 814 @end itemize | |
| 815 | |
| 103394 | 816 @node Printing a Texinfo file |
| 84296 | 817 @section How do I print a Texinfo file? |
| 818 @cindex Printing a Texinfo file | |
| 819 @cindex Texinfo file, printing | |
| 820 @cindex Printing documentation | |
| 821 | |
| 822 You can't get nicely printed output from Info files; you must still have | |
| 823 the original Texinfo source file for the manual you want to print. | |
| 824 | |
| 825 Assuming you have @TeX{} installed on your system, follow these steps: | |
| 826 | |
| 827 @enumerate | |
| 828 | |
| 829 @item | |
| 830 Make sure the first line of the Texinfo file looks like this: | |
| 831 | |
| 832 @example | |
| 833 \input texinfo | |
| 834 @end example | |
| 835 | |
| 836 You may need to change @samp{texinfo} to the full pathname of the | |
| 837 @file{texinfo.tex} file, which comes with Emacs as | |
|
84329
3d431f1997d8
(setfilename): Go up one more level to ../../info.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
84296
diff
changeset
|
838 @file{doc/misc/texinfo.tex} (or copy or link it into the current directory). |
| 84296 | 839 |
| 840 @item | |
| 841 Type @kbd{texi2dvi @var{texinfo-source}}, where @var{texinfo-source} is | |
| 842 the name of the Texinfo source file for which you want to produce a | |
| 103446 | 843 printed copy. The @samp{texi2dvi} script is part of the GNU Texinfo |
| 844 distribution. | |
| 84296 | 845 |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
846 Alternatively, @samp{texi2pdf} produces PDF files. |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
847 |
| 84296 | 848 @item |
| 849 Print the DVI file @file{@var{texinfo-source}.dvi} in the normal way for | |
| 850 printing DVI files at your site. For example, if you have a PostScript | |
| 851 printer, run the @code{dvips} program to print the DVI file on that | |
| 852 printer. | |
| 853 | |
| 854 @end enumerate | |
| 855 | |
| 856 To get more general instructions, retrieve the latest Texinfo package | |
| 857 (@pxref{Installing Texinfo documentation}). | |
| 858 | |
| 103394 | 859 @node Viewing Info files outside of Emacs |
| 84296 | 860 @section Can I view Info files without using Emacs? |
| 861 @cindex Viewing Info files | |
| 862 @cindex Info file viewers | |
| 863 @cindex Alternative Info file viewers | |
| 864 | |
| 865 Yes. Here are some alternative programs: | |
| 866 | |
| 867 @itemize @bullet | |
| 868 | |
| 869 @item | |
| 870 @code{info}, a stand-alone version of the Info program, comes as part of | |
| 871 the Texinfo package. @xref{Installing Texinfo documentation}, for | |
| 872 details. | |
| 873 | |
| 874 @item | |
| 875 Tkinfo, an Info viewer that runs under X Window system and uses Tcl/Tk. | |
| 876 You can get Tkinfo at | |
| 877 @uref{http://math-www.uni-paderborn.de/~axel/tkinfo/}. | |
| 878 | |
| 879 @end itemize | |
| 880 | |
| 103394 | 881 @node Informational files for Emacs |
| 84296 | 882 @section What informational files are available for Emacs? |
| 883 @cindex Informational files included with Emacs | |
| 884 @cindex Files included with Emacs | |
| 885 @cindex @file{COPYING}, description of file | |
| 886 @cindex @file{DISTRIB}, description of file | |
| 887 @cindex @file{GNU}, description of file | |
| 888 @cindex @file{INTERVIEW}, description of file | |
| 889 @cindex @file{MACHINES}, description of file | |
| 890 @cindex @file{MAILINGLISTS}, description of file | |
| 891 @cindex @file{NEWS}, description of file | |
| 892 | |
| 893 This isn't a frequently asked question, but it should be! A variety of | |
| 894 informational files about Emacs and relevant aspects of the GNU project | |
| 895 are available for you to read. | |
| 896 | |
| 103446 | 897 The following files (and others) are available in the @file{etc} |
| 898 directory of the Emacs distribution (see @ref{File-name conventions}, if | |
| 899 you're not sure where that is). Many of these files are available via | |
| 900 the Emacs @samp{Help} menu, or by typing @kbd{C-h ?} (@kbd{M-x | |
| 901 help-for-help}). | |
| 84296 | 902 |
| 903 @table @file | |
| 904 | |
| 905 @item COPYING | |
| 906 GNU General Public License | |
| 907 | |
| 908 @item DISTRIB | |
|
103383
288ef1280a95
(Common acronyms): Remove no-longer-existing OSF.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103279
diff
changeset
|
909 Emacs Availability Information |
| 84296 | 910 |
| 911 @item GNU | |
| 912 The GNU Manifesto | |
| 913 | |
| 914 @item INTERVIEW | |
| 915 Richard Stallman discusses his public-domain UNIX-compatible software | |
| 916 system with BYTE editors | |
| 917 | |
| 918 @item MACHINES | |
| 919 Status of Emacs on Various Machines and Systems | |
| 920 | |
| 921 @item MAILINGLISTS | |
| 922 GNU Project Electronic Mailing Lists | |
| 923 | |
| 924 @item NEWS | |
| 925 Emacs news, a history of recent user-visible changes | |
| 926 | |
| 927 @end table | |
| 928 | |
| 929 More GNU information, including back issues of the @cite{GNU's | |
| 930 Bulletin}, are at | |
| 931 | |
| 932 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/bulletins/bulletins.html} and | |
| 933 | |
| 934 @uref{http://www.cs.pdx.edu/~trent/gnu/gnu.html} | |
| 935 | |
| 103394 | 936 @node Help installing Emacs |
| 84296 | 937 @section Where can I get help in installing Emacs? |
| 938 @cindex Installation help | |
| 939 @cindex Help installing Emacs | |
| 940 | |
| 941 @xref{Installing Emacs}, for some basic installation hints, and see | |
|
103384
1a60127fa212
(Viewing Info files outside of Emacs): Xinfo is no more.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103383
diff
changeset
|
942 @ref{Problems building Emacs}, if you have problems with the installation. |
| 84296 | 943 |
| 103446 | 944 @uref{http://www.fsf.org/resources/service/, The GNU Service directory} |
| 945 lists companies and individuals willing to sell you help in installing | |
| 946 or using Emacs and other GNU software. | |
| 84296 | 947 |
| 103394 | 948 @node Obtaining the FAQ |
| 84296 | 949 @section Where can I get the latest version of this FAQ? |
| 950 @cindex FAQ, obtaining the | |
| 951 @cindex Latest FAQ version, obtaining the | |
|
103383
288ef1280a95
(Common acronyms): Remove no-longer-existing OSF.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103279
diff
changeset
|
952 |
|
288ef1280a95
(Common acronyms): Remove no-longer-existing OSF.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103279
diff
changeset
|
953 The Emacs FAQ is distributed with Emacs in Info format. You can read it |
|
288ef1280a95
(Common acronyms): Remove no-longer-existing OSF.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103279
diff
changeset
|
954 by selecting the @samp{Emacs FAQ} option from the @samp{Help} menu of |
|
288ef1280a95
(Common acronyms): Remove no-longer-existing OSF.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103279
diff
changeset
|
955 the Emacs menu bar at the top of any Emacs frame, or by typing @kbd{C-h |
| 103446 | 956 C-f} (@kbd{M-x view-emacs-FAQ}). The very latest version is available |
|
103457
e054e28bc3a4
(Obtaining the FAQ): Add reference to Savannah.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103446
diff
changeset
|
957 in the Emacs development repository (@pxref{Latest version of Emacs}). |
| 84296 | 958 |
| 959 @c ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 103394 | 960 @node Status of Emacs |
| 84296 | 961 @chapter Status of Emacs |
| 962 @cindex Status of Emacs | |
| 963 | |
|
103418
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
964 This chapter gives you basic information about Emacs, including the |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
965 status of its latest version. |
| 84296 | 966 |
| 967 @menu | |
| 968 * Origin of the term Emacs:: | |
| 969 * Latest version of Emacs:: | |
|
103425
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
970 * New in Emacs 23:: |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
971 * New in Emacs 22:: |
| 84296 | 972 * New in Emacs 21:: |
|
103425
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
973 * New in Emacs 20:: |
| 84296 | 974 @end menu |
| 975 | |
| 103394 | 976 @node Origin of the term Emacs |
| 84296 | 977 @section Where does the name ``Emacs'' come from? |
| 978 @cindex Origin of the term ``Emacs'' | |
| 979 @cindex Emacs name origin | |
| 980 @cindex TECO | |
| 981 @cindex Original version of Emacs | |
| 982 | |
| 983 Emacs originally was an acronym for Editor MACroS. RMS says he ``picked | |
| 984 the name Emacs because @key{E} was not in use as an abbreviation on ITS at | |
| 985 the time.'' The first Emacs was a set of macros written in 1976 at MIT | |
| 986 by RMS for the editor TECO (Text Editor and COrrector, originally Tape | |
| 103446 | 987 Editor and COrrector) under ITS (the Incompatible Timesharing System) on |
| 988 a PDP-10. RMS had already extended TECO with a ``real-time'' | |
| 989 full-screen mode with reprogrammable keys. Emacs was started by | |
| 990 @email{gls@@east.sun.com, Guy Steele} as a project to unify the many | |
| 991 divergent TECO command sets and key bindings at MIT, and completed by | |
| 992 RMS. | |
| 84296 | 993 |
| 994 Many people have said that TECO code looks a lot like line noise; you | |
| 995 can read more at @uref{news:alt.lang.teco}. Someone has written a TECO | |
| 996 implementation in Emacs Lisp (to find it, see @ref{Packages that do not | |
| 997 come with Emacs}); it would be an interesting project to run the | |
| 998 original TECO Emacs inside of Emacs. | |
| 999 | |
| 1000 @cindex Why Emacs? | |
| 1001 For some not-so-serious alternative reasons for Emacs to have that | |
| 1002 name, check out the file @file{etc/JOKES} (@pxref{File-name | |
| 1003 conventions}). | |
| 1004 | |
| 103394 | 1005 @node Latest version of Emacs |
| 84296 | 1006 @section What is the latest version of Emacs? |
| 1007 @cindex Version, latest | |
| 1008 @cindex Latest version of Emacs | |
|
103457
e054e28bc3a4
(Obtaining the FAQ): Add reference to Savannah.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103446
diff
changeset
|
1009 @cindex Development, Emacs |
|
e054e28bc3a4
(Obtaining the FAQ): Add reference to Savannah.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103446
diff
changeset
|
1010 @cindex Repository, Emacs |
|
106880
eb988710a8d2
(Latest version of Emacs): The repository is now Bazaar.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
1011 @cindex Bazaar repository, Emacs |
| 84296 | 1012 |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
1013 Emacs @value{VER} is the current version as of this writing. A version |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
1014 number with two components (e.g. @samp{22.1}) indicates a released |
|
103425
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1015 version; three components indicate a development |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1016 version (e.g. @samp{23.0.50} is what will eventually become @samp{23.1}). |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1017 |
|
103457
e054e28bc3a4
(Obtaining the FAQ): Add reference to Savannah.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103446
diff
changeset
|
1018 Emacs is under active development, hosted at |
|
e054e28bc3a4
(Obtaining the FAQ): Add reference to Savannah.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103446
diff
changeset
|
1019 @uref{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/emacs/, Savannah}. The source |
|
e054e28bc3a4
(Obtaining the FAQ): Add reference to Savannah.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103446
diff
changeset
|
1020 code can be retrieved anonymously following the |
|
106880
eb988710a8d2
(Latest version of Emacs): The repository is now Bazaar.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
1021 @uref{http://savannah.gnu.org/bzr/?group=emacs, instructions}. |
|
eb988710a8d2
(Latest version of Emacs): The repository is now Bazaar.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
1022 The repository is GNU Bazaar. |
|
103457
e054e28bc3a4
(Obtaining the FAQ): Add reference to Savannah.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103446
diff
changeset
|
1023 |
|
103425
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1024 Because Emacs undergoes many changes before a release, the version |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1025 number of a development version is not especially meaningful. It is |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1026 better to refer to the date on which the sources were retrieved from the |
|
106262
99056f788a09
(Latest version of Emacs): Mention stability of development version.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
104626
diff
changeset
|
1027 development repository. The development version is usually quite robust |
|
99056f788a09
(Latest version of Emacs): Mention stability of development version.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
104626
diff
changeset
|
1028 for every-day use, but if stability is more important to you than the |
|
99056f788a09
(Latest version of Emacs): Mention stability of development version.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
104626
diff
changeset
|
1029 latest features, you may want to stick to the releases. |
|
103425
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1030 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1031 The following sections list some of the major new features in the last |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1032 few Emacs releases. For full details of the changes in any version of |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1033 Emacs, type @kbd{C-h C-n} (@kbd{M-x view-emacs-news}). As of Emacs 22, |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1034 you can give this command a prefix argument to read about which features |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1035 were new in older versions. |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1036 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1037 @node New in Emacs 23 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1038 @section What is different about Emacs 23? |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1039 @cindex Differences between Emacs 22 and Emacs 23 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1040 @cindex Emacs 23, new features in |
| 84296 | 1041 @cindex Recently introduced features |
|
103425
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1042 @cindex Default features |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1043 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1044 @itemize |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1045 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1046 @cindex Anti-aliased fonts |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1047 @cindex Freetype fonts |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1048 @item |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1049 Emacs has a new font code that can use multiple font backends, |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1050 including freetype and fontconfig. Emacs can use the Xft library for |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1051 anti-aliasing, and the otf and m17n libraries for complex text layout and |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1052 text shaping. |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1053 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1054 @cindex Unicode |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1055 @cindex Character sets |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1056 @item |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1057 The Emacs character set is now a superset of Unicode. Several new |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1058 language environments have been added. |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1059 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1060 @cindex Multi-tty support |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1061 @cindex X and tty displays |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1062 @item |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1063 Emacs now supports using both X displays and ttys in the same session |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1064 (@samp{multi-tty}). |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1065 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1066 @cindex Daemon mode |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1067 @item |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1068 Emacs can be started as a daemon in the background. |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1069 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1070 @cindex NeXTSTEP port |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1071 @cindex GNUstep port |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1072 @cindex Mac OS X Cocoa |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1073 @item |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1074 There is a new NeXTSTEP port of Emacs. This supports GNUstep and Mac OS |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1075 X (via the Cocoa libraries). The Carbon port of Emacs, which supported |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1076 Mac OS X in Emacs 22, has been removed. |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1077 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1078 @cindex Directory-local variables |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1079 @item |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1080 Directory-local variables can now be defined, in a similar manner to |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1081 file-local variables. |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1082 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1083 @item |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1084 Transient Mark mode (@pxref{Highlighting a region}) is on by default. |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1085 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1086 @end itemize |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1087 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1088 @noindent |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1089 Other changes include: support for serial port access; D-Bus bindings; a |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1090 new Visual Line mode for line-motion; improved completion; a new mode |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1091 (@samp{DocView}) for viewing of PDF, PostScript, and DVI documents; nXML |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1092 mode (for editing XML documents) is included; VC has been updated for |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1093 newer version control systems; etc. As always, consult the @file{NEWS} |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1094 file for more information. |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1095 |
| 84296 | 1096 |
| 103394 | 1097 @node New in Emacs 22 |
| 84296 | 1098 @section What is different about Emacs 22? |
| 1099 @cindex Differences between Emacs 21 and Emacs 22 | |
| 1100 @cindex Emacs 22, new features in | |
| 1101 | |
| 1102 @itemize | |
| 1103 @cindex GTK+ Toolkit | |
| 1104 @cindex Drag-and-drop | |
| 1105 @item | |
| 1106 Emacs can be built with GTK+ widgets, and supports drag-and-drop | |
| 1107 operation on X. | |
| 1108 | |
| 1109 @cindex Supported systems | |
| 1110 @item | |
| 1111 Emacs 22 features support for GNU/Linux systems on S390 and x86-64 | |
| 1112 machines, as well as support for the Mac OS X and Cygwin operating | |
| 1113 systems. | |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 @item | |
|
97043
9592c50233ab
Remove support for Mac Carbon.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
95940
diff
changeset
|
1116 The native MS-Windows, and Mac OS X builds include full support |
| 84296 | 1117 for images, toolbar, and tooltips. |
| 1118 | |
| 1119 @item | |
| 1120 Font Lock mode, Auto Compression mode, and File Name Shadow Mode are | |
| 1121 enabled by default. | |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 @item | |
|
106638
c77520ecba03
* calc.texi (General Mode Commands): Calc file should be in .emacs.d.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
106502
diff
changeset
|
1124 The maximum size of buffers is increased: on 32-bit machines, it is |
|
c77520ecba03
* calc.texi (General Mode Commands): Calc file should be in .emacs.d.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
106502
diff
changeset
|
1125 256 MBytes for Emacs 23.1, and 512 MBytes for Emacs 23.2 and above. |
| 84296 | 1126 |
| 1127 @item | |
| 1128 Links can be followed with @kbd{mouse-1}, in addition to @kbd{mouse-2}. | |
| 1129 | |
| 1130 @cindex Mouse wheel | |
| 1131 @item | |
| 1132 Mouse wheel support is enabled by default. | |
| 1133 | |
| 1134 @item | |
| 1135 Window fringes are customizable. | |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 @item | |
| 1138 The mode line of the selected window is now highlighted. | |
| 1139 | |
| 1140 @item | |
| 1141 The minibuffer prompt is displayed in a distinct face. | |
| 1142 | |
| 1143 @item | |
| 1144 Abbrev definitions are read automatically at startup. | |
| 1145 | |
| 1146 @item | |
| 1147 Grep mode is separate from Compilation mode and has many new options and | |
| 1148 commands specific to grep. | |
| 1149 | |
| 1150 @item | |
| 1151 The original Emacs macro system has been replaced by the new Kmacro | |
| 1152 package, which provides many new commands and features and a simple | |
| 1153 interface that uses the function keys F3 and F4. Macros are stored in a | |
| 1154 macro ring, and can be debugged and edited interactively. | |
| 1155 | |
| 1156 @item | |
| 1157 The Grand Unified Debugger (GUD) can be used with a full graphical user | |
| 1158 interface to GDB; this provides many features found in traditional | |
| 1159 development environments, making it easy to manipulate breakpoints, add | |
| 1160 watch points, display the call stack, etc. Breakpoints are visually | |
| 1161 indicated in the source buffer. | |
| 1162 | |
| 1163 @item | |
| 1164 @cindex New modes | |
| 1165 Many new modes and packages have been included in Emacs, such as Calc, | |
| 1166 TRAMP, URL, IDO, CUA, ERC, rcirc, Table, Image-Dired, SES, Ruler, Org, | |
| 1167 PGG, Flymake, Password, Printing, Reveal, wdired, t-mouse, longlines, | |
| 1168 savehist, Conf mode, Python mode, DNS mode, etc. | |
| 1169 | |
| 1170 @cindex Multilingual Environment | |
| 1171 @item | |
| 1172 Leim is now part of Emacs. Unicode support has been much improved, and | |
| 1173 the following input methods have been added: belarusian, bulgarian-bds, | |
| 1174 bulgarian-phonetic, chinese-sisheng, croatian, dutch, georgian, | |
| 1175 latin-alt-postfix, latin-postfix, latin-prefix, latvian-keyboard, | |
| 1176 lithuanian-numeric, lithuanian-keyboard, malayalam-inscript, rfc1345, | |
| 1177 russian-computer, sgml, slovenian, tamil-inscript, ucs, | |
| 1178 ukrainian-computer, vietnamese-telex, and welsh. | |
| 1179 | |
| 1180 The following language environments have also been added: Belarusian, | |
| 1181 Bulgarian, Chinese-EUC-TW, Croatian, French, Georgian, Italian, Latin-6, | |
| 1182 Latin-7, Latvian, Lithuanian, Malayalam, Russian, Slovenian, Swedish, | |
| 1183 Tajik, Tamil, UTF-8, Ukrainian, Welsh, and Windows-1255. | |
| 1184 | |
| 1185 @cindex Documentation | |
| 1186 @cindex Emacs Lisp Manual | |
| 1187 @item | |
| 1188 In addition, Emacs 22 now includes the Emacs Lisp Reference Manual | |
| 1189 (@pxref{Emacs Lisp documentation}) and the Emacs Lisp Intro. | |
| 1190 @end itemize | |
| 1191 | |
|
103425
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1192 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1193 @node New in Emacs 21 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1194 @section What is different about Emacs 21? |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1195 @cindex Differences between Emacs 20 and Emacs 21 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1196 @cindex Emacs 21, new features in |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1197 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1198 @cindex Variable-size fonts |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1199 @cindex Toolbar support |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1200 Emacs 21 features a thorough rewrite of the display engine. The new |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1201 display engine supports variable-size fonts, images, and can play sounds |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1202 on platforms which support that. As a result, the visual appearance of |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1203 Emacs, when it runs on a windowed display, is much more reminiscent of |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1204 modern GUI programs, and includes 3D widgets (used for the mode line and |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1205 the scroll bars), a configurable and extensible toolbar, tooltips |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1206 (a.k.a.@: balloon help), and other niceties. |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1207 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1208 @cindex Colors on text-only terminals |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1209 @cindex TTY colors |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1210 In addition, Emacs 21 supports faces on text-only terminals. This means |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1211 that you can now have colors when you run Emacs on a GNU/Linux console |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1212 and on @code{xterm} with @kbd{emacs -nw}. |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1213 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1214 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1215 @node New in Emacs 20 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1216 @section What is different about Emacs 20? |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1217 @cindex Differences between Emacs 19 and Emacs 20 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1218 @cindex Emacs 20, new features in |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1219 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1220 The differences between Emacs versions 18 and 19 were rather dramatic; |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1221 the introduction of frames, faces, and colors on windowing systems was |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1222 obvious to even the most casual user. |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1223 |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1224 There are differences between Emacs versions 19 and 20 as well, but many |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1225 are more subtle or harder to find. Among the changes are the inclusion |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1226 of MULE code for languages that use non-Latin characters and for mixing |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1227 several languages in the same document; the ``Customize'' facility for |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1228 modifying variables without having to use Lisp; and automatic conversion |
|
60d7ccbdecb8
(Status of Emacs): Re-order with most recent releases first.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103419
diff
changeset
|
1229 of files from Macintosh, Microsoft, and Unix platforms. |
| 84296 | 1230 |
| 1231 @c ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 103394 | 1232 @node Common requests |
| 84296 | 1233 @chapter Common requests |
| 1234 @cindex Common requests | |
| 1235 | |
| 1236 @menu | |
| 1237 * Setting up a customization file:: | |
| 1238 * Using Customize:: | |
| 1239 * Colors on a TTY:: | |
| 1240 * Debugging a customization file:: | |
| 1241 * Displaying the current line or column:: | |
| 1242 * Displaying the current file name in the titlebar:: | |
| 1243 * Turning on abbrevs by default:: | |
| 1244 * Associating modes with files:: | |
| 1245 * Highlighting a region:: | |
| 1246 * Replacing highlighted text:: | |
| 1247 * Controlling case sensitivity:: | |
| 1248 * Working with unprintable characters:: | |
| 1249 * Searching for/replacing newlines:: | |
| 1250 * Yanking text in isearch:: | |
| 1251 * Wrapping words automatically:: | |
| 1252 * Turning on auto-fill by default:: | |
| 1253 * Changing load-path:: | |
| 1254 * Using an already running Emacs process:: | |
| 1255 * Compiler error messages:: | |
| 1256 * Indenting switch statements:: | |
| 1257 * Customizing C and C++ indentation:: | |
| 1258 * Horizontal scrolling:: | |
| 1259 * Overwrite mode:: | |
| 1260 * Turning off beeping:: | |
| 1261 * Turning the volume down:: | |
| 1262 * Automatic indentation:: | |
| 1263 * Matching parentheses:: | |
| 1264 * Hiding #ifdef lines:: | |
| 1265 * Repeating commands:: | |
| 1266 * Valid X resources:: | |
| 1267 * Evaluating Emacs Lisp code:: | |
| 1268 * Changing the length of a Tab:: | |
| 1269 * Inserting text at the beginning of each line:: | |
| 1270 * Forcing the cursor to remain in the same column:: | |
| 1271 * Forcing Emacs to iconify itself:: | |
| 1272 * Using regular expressions:: | |
| 1273 * Replacing text across multiple files:: | |
| 1274 * Documentation for etags:: | |
| 1275 * Disabling backups:: | |
| 1276 * Disabling auto-save-mode:: | |
| 1277 * Going to a line by number:: | |
| 1278 * Modifying pull-down menus:: | |
| 1279 * Deleting menus and menu options:: | |
| 1280 * Turning on syntax highlighting:: | |
| 1281 * Scrolling only one line:: | |
| 1282 * Editing MS-DOS files:: | |
| 1283 * Filling paragraphs with a single space:: | |
| 1284 * Escape sequences in shell output:: | |
| 1285 * Fullscreen mode on MS-Windows:: | |
| 1286 @end menu | |
| 1287 | |
| 103394 | 1288 @node Setting up a customization file |
| 84296 | 1289 @section How do I set up a @file{.emacs} file properly? |
| 1290 @cindex @file{.emacs} file, setting up | |
| 1291 @cindex @file{.emacs} file, locating | |
| 1292 @cindex Init file, setting up | |
| 1293 @cindex Customization file, setting up | |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 @inforef{Init File, Init File, emacs}. | |
| 1296 | |
|
103418
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1297 In general, new Emacs users should not be provided with @file{.emacs} |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1298 files, because this can cause confusing non-standard behavior. Then |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1299 they send questions to @email{help-gnu-emacs@@gnu.org} asking why Emacs |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1300 isn't behaving as documented. |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1301 |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1302 Emacs includes the Customize facility (@pxref{Using Customize}). This |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1303 allows users who are unfamiliar with Emacs Lisp to modify their |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1304 @file{.emacs} files in a relatively straightforward way, using menus |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1305 rather than Lisp code. |
| 84296 | 1306 |
| 1307 While Customize might indeed make it easier to configure Emacs, | |
| 1308 consider taking a bit of time to learn Emacs Lisp and modifying your | |
| 1309 @file{.emacs} directly. Simple configuration options are described | |
| 1310 rather completely in @inforef{Init File, Init File, emacs}, for users | |
| 1311 interested in performing frequently requested, basic tasks. | |
| 1312 | |
| 1313 Sometimes users are unsure as to where their @file{.emacs} file should | |
| 1314 be found. Visiting the file as @file{~/.emacs} from Emacs will find | |
| 1315 the correct file. | |
| 1316 | |
| 103394 | 1317 @node Using Customize |
| 84296 | 1318 @section How do I start using Customize? |
| 1319 @cindex Customize groups | |
| 1320 @cindex Customizing variables | |
| 1321 @cindex Customizing faces | |
| 1322 | |
| 1323 The main Customize entry point is @kbd{M-x customize @key{RET}}. This | |
| 1324 command takes you to a buffer listing all the available Customize | |
| 1325 groups. From there, you can access all customizable options and faces, | |
| 1326 change their values, and save your changes to your init file. | |
| 1327 @inforef{Easy Customization, Easy Customization, emacs}. | |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 If you know the name of the group in advance (e.g. ``shell''), use | |
| 1330 @kbd{M-x customize-group @key{RET}}. | |
| 1331 | |
| 1332 If you wish to customize a single option, use @kbd{M-x customize-option | |
| 1333 @key{RET}}. This command prompts you for the name of the option to | |
| 1334 customize, with completion. | |
| 1335 | |
| 103394 | 1336 @node Colors on a TTY |
| 84296 | 1337 @section How do I get colors and syntax highlighting on a TTY? |
| 1338 @cindex Colors on a TTY | |
| 1339 @cindex Syntax highlighting on a TTY | |
| 1340 @cindex Console, colors | |
| 1341 | |
| 1342 In Emacs 21.1 and later, colors and faces are supported in non-windowed mode, | |
| 1343 i.e.@: on Unix and GNU/Linux text-only terminals and consoles, and when | |
|
97043
9592c50233ab
Remove support for Mac Carbon.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
95940
diff
changeset
|
1344 invoked as @samp{emacs -nw} on X, and MS-Windows. (Colors and faces were |
| 84296 | 1345 supported in the MS-DOS port since Emacs 19.29.) Emacs automatically |
| 1346 detects color support at startup and uses it if available. If you think | |
| 1347 that your terminal supports colors, but Emacs won't use them, check the | |
| 1348 @code{termcap} entry for your display type for color-related | |
| 1349 capabilities. | |
| 1350 | |
| 1351 The command @kbd{M-x list-colors-display} pops up a window which | |
| 1352 exhibits all the colors Emacs knows about on the current display. | |
| 1353 | |
| 1354 Syntax highlighting is on by default since version 22.1. | |
| 1355 | |
| 103394 | 1356 @node Debugging a customization file |
| 84296 | 1357 @section How do I debug a @file{.emacs} file? |
| 1358 @cindex Debugging @file{.emacs} file | |
| 1359 @cindex @file{.emacs} debugging | |
| 1360 @cindex Init file debugging | |
| 1361 @cindex @samp{-debug-init} option | |
| 1362 | |
| 1363 Start Emacs with the @samp{-debug-init} command-line option. This | |
| 1364 enables the Emacs Lisp debugger before evaluating your @file{.emacs} | |
| 1365 file, and places you in the debugger if something goes wrong. The top | |
| 1366 line in the @file{trace-back} buffer will be the error message, and the | |
| 1367 second or third line of that buffer will display the Lisp code from your | |
| 1368 @file{.emacs} file that caused the problem. | |
| 1369 | |
| 1370 You can also evaluate an individual function or argument to a function | |
| 1371 in your @file{.emacs} file by moving the cursor to the end of the | |
| 1372 function or argument and typing @kbd{C-x C-e} (@kbd{M-x | |
| 1373 eval-last-sexp}). | |
| 1374 | |
| 1375 Use @kbd{C-h v} (@kbd{M-x describe-variable}) to check the value of | |
| 1376 variables which you are trying to set or use. | |
| 1377 | |
| 103394 | 1378 @node Displaying the current line or column |
| 84296 | 1379 @section How do I make Emacs display the current line (or column) number? |
| 1380 @cindex @code{line-number-mode} | |
| 1381 @cindex Displaying the current line or column | |
| 1382 @cindex Line number, displaying the current | |
| 1383 @cindex Column, displaying the current | |
| 1384 @cindex @code{mode-line-format} | |
| 1385 | |
|
103418
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1386 By default, Emacs displays the current line number of the point in the |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1387 mode line. You can toggle this feature off or on with the command |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1388 @kbd{M-x line-number-mode}, or by setting the variable |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1389 @code{line-number-mode}. Note that Emacs will not display the line |
| 84296 | 1390 number if the buffer's size in bytes is larger than the value of the |
| 1391 variable @code{line-number-display-limit}. | |
| 1392 | |
| 1393 You can similarly display the current column with | |
| 1394 @kbd{M-x column-number-mode}, or by putting the form | |
| 1395 | |
| 1396 @lisp | |
| 1397 (setq column-number-mode t) | |
| 1398 @end lisp | |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 @noindent | |
|
103418
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1401 in your @file{.emacs} file. This feature is off by default. |
| 84296 | 1402 |
| 1403 The @code{"%c"} format specifier in the variable @code{mode-line-format} | |
| 1404 will insert the current column's value into the mode line. See the | |
| 1405 documentation for @code{mode-line-format} (using @kbd{C-h v | |
| 1406 mode-line-format @key{RET}}) for more information on how to set and use | |
| 1407 this variable. | |
| 1408 | |
| 1409 @cindex Set number capability in @code{vi} emulators | |
|
103418
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1410 The @samp{linum} package (distributed with Emacs since version 23.1) |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1411 displays line numbers in the left margin, like the ``set number'' |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1412 capability of @code{vi}. The packages @samp{setnu} and |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1413 @samp{wb-line-number} (not distributed with Emacs) also implement this |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1414 feature. |
| 84296 | 1415 |
| 103394 | 1416 @node Displaying the current file name in the titlebar |
| 84296 | 1417 @section How can I modify the titlebar to contain the current file name? |
| 1418 @cindex Titlebar, displaying the current file name in | |
| 1419 @cindex File name, displaying in the titlebar | |
| 1420 @cindex @code{frame-title-format} | |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 The contents of an Emacs frame's titlebar is controlled by the variable | |
| 1423 @code{frame-title-format}, which has the same structure as the variable | |
| 1424 @code{mode-line-format}. (Use @kbd{C-h v} or @kbd{M-x | |
| 1425 describe-variable} to get information about one or both of these | |
| 1426 variables.) | |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 By default, the titlebar for a frame does contain the name of the buffer | |
| 1429 currently being visited, except if there is a single frame. In such a | |
| 1430 case, the titlebar contains Emacs invocation name and the name of the | |
| 1431 machine at which Emacs was invoked. This is done by setting | |
| 1432 @code{frame-title-format} to the default value of | |
| 1433 | |
| 1434 @lisp | |
| 1435 (multiple-frames "%b" ("" invocation-name "@@" system-name)) | |
| 1436 @end lisp | |
| 1437 | |
| 1438 To modify the behavior such that frame titlebars contain the buffer's | |
| 1439 name regardless of the number of existing frames, include the following | |
| 1440 in your @file{.emacs}: | |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 @lisp | |
| 1443 (setq frame-title-format "%b") | |
| 1444 @end lisp | |
| 1445 | |
| 103394 | 1446 @node Turning on abbrevs by default |
| 84296 | 1447 @section How do I turn on abbrevs by default just in mode @var{mymode}? |
| 1448 @cindex Abbrevs, turning on by default | |
| 1449 | |
|
103418
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1450 Abbrev mode expands abbreviations as you type them. To turn it on in a |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1451 specific buffer, use @kbd{M-x abbrev-mode}. To turn it on in every |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1452 buffer by default, put this in your @file{.emacs} file: |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1453 |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1454 @lisp |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1455 (setq-default abbrev-mode t) |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1456 @end lisp |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1457 |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1458 @noindent To turn it on in a specific mode, use: |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1459 |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1460 @lisp |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1461 (add-hook '@var{mymode}-mode-hook |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1462 (lambda () |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1463 (setq abbrev-mode t))) |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1464 @end lisp |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1465 |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1466 @noindent If your Emacs version is older then 22.1, you will also need to use: |
| 84296 | 1467 |
| 1468 @lisp | |
| 1469 (condition-case () | |
| 1470 (quietly-read-abbrev-file) | |
| 1471 (file-error nil)) | |
| 1472 @end lisp | |
| 1473 | |
| 103394 | 1474 @node Associating modes with files |
| 84296 | 1475 @section How do I make Emacs use a certain major mode for certain files? |
| 1476 @cindex Associating modes with files | |
| 1477 @cindex File extensions and modes | |
| 1478 @cindex @code{auto-mode-alist}, modifying | |
| 1479 @cindex Modes, associating with file extensions | |
| 1480 | |
| 1481 If you want to use a certain mode @var{foo} for all files whose names end | |
| 1482 with the extension @file{.@var{bar}}, this will do it for you: | |
| 1483 | |
| 1484 @lisp | |
|
103418
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1485 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.@var{bar}\\'" . @var{foo}-mode)) |
| 84296 | 1486 @end lisp |
| 1487 | |
|
103418
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1488 Alternatively, put this somewhere in the first line of any file you want to |
| 84296 | 1489 edit in the mode @var{foo} (in the second line, if the first line begins |
| 1490 with @samp{#!}): | |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 @example | |
| 1493 -*- @var{foo} -*- | |
| 1494 @end example | |
| 1495 | |
| 1496 @cindex Major mode for shell scripts | |
|
103418
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1497 The variable @code{interpreter-mode-alist} specifies which mode to use |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1498 when loading an interpreted script (e.g. shell, python, etc.). Emacs |
| 84296 | 1499 determines which interpreter you're using by examining the first line of |
|
103418
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1500 the script. Use @kbd{C-h v} (or @kbd{M-x describe-variable}) on |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1501 @code{interpreter-mode-alist} to learn more. |
| 84296 | 1502 |
| 103394 | 1503 @node Highlighting a region |
| 84296 | 1504 @section How can I highlight a region of text in Emacs? |
| 1505 @cindex Highlighting text | |
| 1506 @cindex Text, highlighting | |
| 1507 @cindex @code{transient-mark-mode} | |
| 1508 @cindex Region, highlighting a | |
| 1509 | |
| 1510 You can cause the region to be highlighted when the mark is active by | |
| 1511 including | |
| 1512 | |
| 1513 @lisp | |
|
103418
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1514 (transient-mark-mode 1) |
| 84296 | 1515 @end lisp |
| 1516 | |
| 1517 @noindent | |
|
103418
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1518 in your @file{.emacs} file. Since Emacs 23.1, this feature is on by default. |
| 84296 | 1519 |
| 103394 | 1520 @node Replacing highlighted text |
| 84296 | 1521 @section How can I replace highlighted text with what I type? |
| 1522 @cindex @code{delete-selection-mode} | |
| 1523 @cindex Replacing highlighted text | |
| 1524 @cindex Highlighting and replacing text | |
| 1525 | |
| 1526 Use @code{delete-selection-mode}, which you can start automatically by | |
| 1527 placing the following Lisp form in your @file{.emacs} file: | |
| 1528 | |
| 1529 @lisp | |
| 1530 (delete-selection-mode 1) | |
| 1531 @end lisp | |
| 1532 | |
| 1533 According to the documentation string for @code{delete-selection-mode} | |
| 1534 (which you can read using @kbd{M-x describe-function @key{RET} | |
| 1535 delete-selection-mode @key{RET}}): | |
| 1536 | |
| 1537 @quotation | |
|
103418
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1538 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1539 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1540 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1541 any selection. |
| 84296 | 1542 @end quotation |
| 1543 | |
| 1544 This mode also allows you to delete (not kill) the highlighted region by | |
| 1545 pressing @key{DEL}. | |
| 1546 | |
| 103394 | 1547 @node Controlling case sensitivity |
| 84296 | 1548 @section How do I control Emacs's case-sensitivity when searching/replacing? |
| 1549 @cindex @code{case-fold-search} | |
| 1550 @cindex Case sensitivity of searches | |
| 1551 @cindex Searching without case sensitivity | |
| 1552 @cindex Ignoring case in searches | |
| 1553 | |
|
103418
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1554 @c FIXME |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1555 The value of the variable @code{case-fold-search} determines whether |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1556 searches are case sensitive: |
| 84296 | 1557 |
| 1558 @lisp | |
| 1559 (setq case-fold-search nil) ; make searches case sensitive | |
| 1560 (setq case-fold-search t) ; make searches case insensitive | |
| 1561 @end lisp | |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 @cindex Case sensitivity in replacements | |
| 1564 @cindex Replacing, and case sensitivity | |
| 1565 @cindex @code{case-replace} | |
| 1566 Similarly, for replacing, the variable @code{case-replace} determines | |
| 1567 whether replacements preserve case. | |
| 1568 | |
| 1569 You can also toggle case sensitivity at will in isearch with @kbd{M-c}. | |
| 1570 | |
| 1571 To change the case sensitivity just for one major mode, use the major | |
| 1572 mode's hook. For example: | |
| 1573 | |
| 1574 @lisp | |
| 1575 (add-hook '@var{foo}-mode-hook | |
| 1576 (lambda () | |
| 1577 (setq case-fold-search nil))) | |
| 1578 @end lisp | |
| 1579 | |
| 103394 | 1580 @node Working with unprintable characters |
| 84296 | 1581 @section How do I search for, delete, or replace unprintable (eight-bit or control) characters? |
| 1582 @cindex Unprintable characters, working with | |
| 1583 @cindex Working with unprintable characters | |
| 1584 @cindex Control characters, working with | |
| 1585 @cindex Eight-bit characters, working with | |
| 1586 @cindex Searching for unprintable characters | |
| 1587 @cindex Regexps and unprintable characters | |
| 1588 | |
| 1589 To search for a single character that appears in the buffer as, for | |
|
103418
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1590 example, @samp{\237}, you can type @kbd{C-s C-q 2 3 7}. |
| 84296 | 1591 Searching for @strong{all} unprintable characters is best done with a |
| 1592 regular expression (@dfn{regexp}) search. The easiest regexp to use for | |
| 1593 the unprintable chars is the complement of the regexp for the printable | |
| 1594 chars. | |
| 1595 | |
| 1596 @itemize @bullet | |
| 1597 | |
| 1598 @item | |
| 1599 Regexp for the printable chars: @samp{[\t\n\r\f -~]} | |
| 1600 | |
| 1601 @item | |
| 1602 Regexp for the unprintable chars: @samp{[^\t\n\r\f -~]} | |
| 1603 | |
| 1604 @end itemize | |
| 1605 | |
| 1606 To type these special characters in an interactive argument to | |
| 1607 @code{isearch-forward-regexp} or @code{re-search-forward}, you need to | |
| 1608 use @kbd{C-q}. (@samp{\t}, @samp{\n}, @samp{\r}, and @samp{\f} stand | |
| 1609 respectively for @key{TAB}, @key{LFD}, @key{RET}, and @kbd{C-l}.) So, | |
| 1610 to search for unprintable characters using @code{re-search-forward}: | |
| 1611 | |
| 1612 @kbd{M-x re-search-forward @key{RET} [^ @key{TAB} C-q @key{LFD} C-q @key{RET} C-q C-l @key{SPC} -~] @key{RET}} | |
| 1613 | |
| 1614 Using @code{isearch-forward-regexp}: | |
| 1615 | |
| 1616 @kbd{C-M-s [^ @key{TAB} @key{LFD} C-q @key{RET} C-q C-l @key{SPC} -~]} | |
| 1617 | |
| 1618 To delete all unprintable characters, simply use replace-regexp: | |
| 1619 | |
| 1620 @kbd{M-x replace-regexp @key{RET} [^ @key{TAB} C-q @key{LFD} C-q @key{RET} C-q C-l @key{SPC} -~] @key{RET} @key{RET}} | |
| 1621 | |
| 1622 Replacing is similar to the above. To replace all unprintable | |
| 1623 characters with a colon, use: | |
| 1624 | |
| 1625 M-x replace-regexp @key{RET} [^ @key{TAB} C-q @key{LFD} C-q @key{RET} C-q C-l @key{SPC} -~] @key{RET} : @key{RET} | |
| 1626 | |
| 103394 | 1627 @node Searching for/replacing newlines |
| 84296 | 1628 @section How do I input a newline character in isearch or query-replace? |
| 1629 @cindex Searching for newlines | |
| 1630 @cindex Replacing newlines | |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 Use @kbd{C-q C-j}. For more information, see @inforef{Special Isearch, | |
| 1633 Special Input for Incremental Search, emacs}. | |
| 1634 | |
| 1635 | |
| 103394 | 1636 @node Yanking text in isearch |
| 84296 | 1637 @section How do I copy text from the kill ring into the search string? |
| 1638 @cindex Yanking text into the search string | |
| 1639 @cindex isearch yanking | |
| 1640 | |
| 1641 Use @kbd{M-y}. @inforef{Isearch Yank, Isearch Yanking, emacs}. | |
| 1642 | |
| 103394 | 1643 @node Wrapping words automatically |
| 84296 | 1644 @section How do I make Emacs wrap words for me? |
| 1645 @cindex Wrapping word automatically | |
| 1646 @cindex Wrapping lines | |
| 1647 @cindex Line wrap | |
| 1648 @cindex @code{auto-fill-mode}, introduction to | |
| 1649 @cindex Maximum line width, default value | |
| 1650 @cindex @code{fill-column}, default value | |
| 1651 | |
| 1652 Use @code{auto-fill-mode}, activated by typing @kbd{M-x auto-fill-mode}. | |
| 1653 The default maximum line width is 70, determined by the variable | |
| 1654 @code{fill-column}. To learn how to turn this on automatically, see | |
| 1655 @ref{Turning on auto-fill by default}. | |
| 1656 | |
| 103394 | 1657 @node Turning on auto-fill by default |
| 84296 | 1658 @section How do I turn on @code{auto-fill-mode} by default? |
| 1659 @cindex @code{auto-fill-mode}, activating automatically | |
| 1660 @cindex Filling automatically | |
| 1661 @cindex Automatic entry to @code{auto-fill-mode} | |
| 1662 | |
| 1663 To turn on @code{auto-fill-mode} just once for one buffer, use @kbd{M-x | |
| 1664 auto-fill-mode}. | |
| 1665 | |
| 1666 To turn it on for every buffer in a certain mode, you must use the hook | |
| 1667 for that mode. For example, to turn on @code{auto-fill} mode for all | |
| 1668 text buffers, including the following in your @file{.emacs} file: | |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 @lisp | |
| 1671 (add-hook 'text-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill) | |
| 1672 @end lisp | |
| 1673 | |
| 1674 If you want @code{auto-fill} mode on in all major modes, do this: | |
| 1675 | |
| 1676 @lisp | |
| 1677 (setq-default auto-fill-function 'do-auto-fill) | |
| 1678 @end lisp | |
| 1679 | |
| 103394 | 1680 @node Changing load-path |
| 84296 | 1681 @section How do I change @code{load-path}? |
| 1682 @cindex @code{load-path}, modifying | |
| 1683 @cindex Modifying @code{load-path} | |
| 1684 @cindex Adding to @code{load-path} | |
| 1685 | |
| 1686 In general, you should only add to the @code{load-path}. You can add | |
| 1687 directory @var{/dir/subdir} to the load path like this: | |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 @lisp | |
| 103446 | 1690 (add-to-list 'load-path "/dir/subdir/") |
| 84296 | 1691 @end lisp |
| 1692 | |
| 1693 To do this relative to your home directory: | |
| 1694 | |
| 1695 @lisp | |
| 103446 | 1696 (add-to-list 'load-path "~/mysubdir/") |
| 84296 | 1697 @end lisp |
| 1698 | |
| 103394 | 1699 @node Using an already running Emacs process |
| 84296 | 1700 @section How do I use an already running Emacs from another window? |
| 1701 @cindex @code{emacsclient} | |
| 1702 @cindex Emacs server functions | |
| 1703 @cindex Using an existing Emacs process | |
| 1704 | |
| 1705 @code{emacsclient}, which comes with Emacs, is for editing a file using | |
| 1706 an already running Emacs rather than starting up a new Emacs. It does | |
| 1707 this by sending a request to the already running Emacs, which must be | |
| 1708 expecting the request. | |
| 1709 | |
| 1710 @itemize @bullet | |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 @item | |
| 1713 Setup: | |
| 1714 | |
| 1715 Emacs must have executed the @code{server-start} function for | |
| 1716 @samp{emacsclient} to work. This can be done either by a command line | |
| 1717 option: | |
| 1718 | |
| 1719 @example | |
| 1720 emacs -f server-start | |
| 1721 @end example | |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 or by invoking @code{server-start} from @file{.emacs}: | |
| 1724 | |
| 1725 @lisp | |
| 1726 (if (@var{some conditions are met}) (server-start)) | |
| 1727 @end lisp | |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 When this is done, Emacs creates a Unix domain socket named | |
| 1730 @file{server} in @file{/tmp/emacs@var{userid}}. See | |
| 1731 @code{server-socket-dir}. | |
| 1732 | |
| 1733 To get your news reader, mail reader, etc., to invoke | |
| 1734 @samp{emacsclient}, try setting the environment variable @code{EDITOR} | |
| 1735 (or sometimes @code{VISUAL}) to the value @samp{emacsclient}. You may | |
| 1736 have to specify the full pathname of the @samp{emacsclient} program | |
| 1737 instead. Examples: | |
| 1738 | |
| 1739 @example | |
| 1740 # csh commands: | |
| 1741 setenv EDITOR emacsclient | |
| 1742 | |
| 1743 # using full pathname | |
| 1744 setenv EDITOR /usr/local/emacs/etc/emacsclient | |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 # sh command: | |
| 1747 EDITOR=emacsclient ; export EDITOR | |
| 1748 @end example | |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 @item | |
| 1751 Normal use: | |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 When @samp{emacsclient} is run, it connects to the socket and passes its | |
| 1754 command line options to Emacs, which at the next opportunity will visit | |
| 1755 the files specified. (Line numbers can be specified just like with | |
| 1756 Emacs.) The user will have to switch to the Emacs window by hand. When | |
| 1757 the user is done editing a file, the user can type @kbd{C-x #} (or | |
| 1758 @kbd{M-x server-edit}) to indicate this. If there is another buffer | |
| 1759 requested by @code{emacsclient}, Emacs will switch to it; otherwise | |
| 1760 @code{emacsclient} will exit, signaling the calling program to continue. | |
| 1761 | |
| 1762 @cindex @code{gnuserv} | |
|
103418
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1763 There is an alternative version of @samp{emacsclient} called |
| 84296 | 1764 @samp{gnuserv}, written by @email{ange@@hplb.hpl.hp.com, Andy Norman} |
| 1765 (@pxref{Packages that do not come with Emacs}). @samp{gnuserv} uses | |
| 1766 Internet domain sockets, so it can work across most network connections. | |
| 1767 | |
| 1768 The most recent @samp{gnuserv} package is available at | |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 @uref{http://meltin.net/hacks/emacs/} | |
| 1771 | |
| 1772 @end itemize | |
| 1773 | |
| 103394 | 1774 @node Compiler error messages |
| 84296 | 1775 @section How do I make Emacs recognize my compiler's funny error messages? |
| 1776 @cindex Compiler error messages, recognizing | |
| 1777 @cindex Recognizing non-standard compiler errors | |
| 1778 @cindex Regexps for recognizing compiler errors | |
| 1779 @cindex Errors, recognizing compiler | |
| 1780 | |
| 1781 Customize the @code{compilation-error-regexp-alist} variable. | |
| 1782 | |
| 103394 | 1783 @node Indenting switch statements |
| 84296 | 1784 @section How do I change the indentation for @code{switch}? |
| 1785 @cindex @code{switch}, indenting | |
| 1786 @cindex Indenting of @code{switch} | |
| 1787 | |
| 1788 Many people want to indent their @code{switch} statements like this: | |
| 1789 | |
| 1790 @example | |
| 1791 f() | |
| 1792 @{ | |
| 1793 switch(x) @{ | |
| 1794 case A: | |
| 1795 x1; | |
| 1796 break; | |
| 1797 case B: | |
| 1798 x2; | |
| 1799 break; | |
| 1800 default: | |
| 1801 x3; | |
| 1802 @} | |
| 1803 @} | |
| 1804 @end example | |
| 1805 | |
|
103418
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1806 @noindent To achieve this, add the following line to your @file{.emacs}: |
| 84296 | 1807 |
| 1808 @lisp | |
| 1809 (c-set-offset 'case-label '+) | |
| 1810 @end lisp | |
| 1811 | |
| 103394 | 1812 @node Customizing C and C++ indentation |
| 84296 | 1813 @section How to customize indentation in C, C@t{++}, and Java buffers? |
| 1814 @cindex Indentation, how to customize | |
| 1815 @cindex Customize indentation | |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 The Emacs @code{cc-mode} features an interactive procedure for | |
| 1818 customizing the indentation style, which is fully explained in the | |
| 1819 @cite{CC Mode} manual that is part of the Emacs distribution, see | |
| 1820 @ref{Customizing Indentation, , Customization Indentation, ccmode, | |
| 1821 The CC Mode Manual}. Here's a short summary of the procedure: | |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 @enumerate | |
| 1824 @item | |
| 1825 Go to the beginning of the first line where you don't like the | |
| 1826 indentation and type @kbd{C-c C-o}. Emacs will prompt you for the | |
| 1827 syntactic symbol; type @key{RET} to accept the default it suggests. | |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 @item | |
| 1830 Emacs now prompts for the offset of this syntactic symbol, showing the | |
| 1831 default (the current definition) inside parentheses. You can choose | |
| 1832 one of these: | |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 @table @code | |
| 1835 @item 0 | |
| 1836 No extra indentation. | |
| 1837 @item + | |
| 1838 Indent one basic offset. | |
| 1839 @item - | |
| 1840 Outdent one basic offset. | |
| 1841 @item ++ | |
| 1842 Indent two basic offsets | |
| 1843 @item -- | |
| 1844 Outdent two basic offsets. | |
| 1845 @item * | |
| 1846 Indent half basic offset. | |
| 1847 @item / | |
| 1848 Outdent half basic offset. | |
| 1849 @end table | |
| 1850 | |
| 1851 @item | |
| 1852 After choosing one of these symbols, type @kbd{C-c C-q} to reindent | |
| 1853 the line or the block according to what you just specified. | |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 @item | |
| 1856 If you don't like the result, go back to step 1. Otherwise, add the | |
| 1857 following line to your @file{.emacs}: | |
| 1858 | |
| 1859 @lisp | |
| 1860 (c-set-offset '@var{syntactic-symbol} @var{offset}) | |
| 1861 @end lisp | |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 @noindent | |
| 1864 where @var{syntactic-symbol} is the name Emacs shows in the minibuffer | |
| 1865 when you type @kbd{C-c C-o} at the beginning of the line, and | |
| 1866 @var{offset} is one of the indentation symbols listed above (@code{+}, | |
| 1867 @code{/}, @code{0}, etc.) that you've chosen during the interactive | |
| 1868 procedure. | |
| 1869 | |
| 1870 @item | |
| 1871 Go to the next line whose indentation is not to your liking and repeat | |
| 1872 the process there. | |
| 1873 @end enumerate | |
| 1874 | |
| 1875 It is recommended to put all the resulting @code{(c-set-offset ...)} | |
| 1876 customizations inside a C mode hook, like this: | |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 @lisp | |
| 1879 (defun my-c-mode-hook () | |
| 1880 (c-set-offset ...) | |
| 1881 (c-set-offset ...)) | |
| 1882 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'my-c-mode-hook) | |
| 1883 @end lisp | |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 @noindent | |
| 1886 Using @code{c-mode-hook} avoids the need to put a @w{@code{(require | |
| 1887 'cc-mode)}} into your @file{.emacs} file, because @code{c-set-offset} | |
| 1888 might be unavailable when @code{cc-mode} is not loaded. | |
| 1889 | |
| 1890 Note that @code{c-mode-hook} runs for C source files only; use | |
| 1891 @code{c++-mode-hook} for C@t{++} sources, @code{java-mode-hook} for | |
| 1892 Java sources, etc. If you want the same customizations to be in | |
| 1893 effect in @emph{all} languages supported by @code{cc-mode}, use | |
| 1894 @code{c-mode-common-hook}. | |
| 1895 | |
| 103394 | 1896 @node Horizontal scrolling |
| 84296 | 1897 @section How can I make Emacs automatically scroll horizontally? |
| 1898 @cindex @code{hscroll-mode} | |
| 1899 @cindex Horizontal scrolling | |
| 1900 @cindex Scrolling horizontally | |
| 1901 | |
| 1902 In Emacs 21 and later, this is on by default: if the variable | |
| 1903 @code{truncate-lines} is non-@code{nil} in the current buffer, Emacs | |
| 1904 automatically scrolls the display horizontally when point moves off the | |
| 1905 left or right edge of the window. | |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 Note that this is overridden by the variable | |
| 1908 @code{truncate-partial-width-windows} if that variable is non-nil | |
| 1909 and the current buffer is not full-frame width. | |
| 1910 | |
|
103418
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
1911 In Emacs 20, use @code{hscroll-mode}. |
| 84296 | 1912 |
| 103394 | 1913 @node Overwrite mode |
| 84296 | 1914 @section How do I make Emacs ``typeover'' or ``overwrite'' instead of inserting? |
| 1915 @cindex @key{Insert} | |
| 1916 @cindex @code{overwrite-mode} | |
| 1917 @cindex Overwriting existing text | |
| 1918 @cindex Toggling @code{overwrite-mode} | |
| 1919 | |
| 1920 @kbd{M-x overwrite-mode} (a minor mode). This toggles | |
| 1921 @code{overwrite-mode} on and off, so exiting from @code{overwrite-mode} | |
| 1922 is as easy as another @kbd{M-x overwrite-mode}. | |
| 1923 | |
| 1924 On some systems, @key{Insert} toggles @code{overwrite-mode} on and off. | |
| 1925 | |
| 103394 | 1926 @node Turning off beeping |
| 84296 | 1927 @section How do I stop Emacs from beeping on a terminal? |
| 1928 @cindex Beeping, turning off | |
| 1929 @cindex Visible bell | |
| 1930 @cindex Bell, visible | |
| 1931 | |
| 1932 @email{martin@@cc.gatech.edu, Martin R. Frank} writes: | |
| 1933 | |
| 1934 Tell Emacs to use the @dfn{visible bell} instead of the audible bell, | |
| 1935 and set the visible bell to nothing. | |
| 1936 | |
| 1937 That is, put the following in your @code{TERMCAP} environment variable | |
| 1938 (assuming you have one): | |
| 1939 | |
| 1940 @example | |
| 1941 ... :vb=: ... | |
| 1942 @end example | |
| 1943 | |
| 1944 And evaluate the following Lisp form: | |
| 1945 | |
| 1946 @example | |
| 1947 (setq visible-bell t) | |
| 1948 @end example | |
| 1949 | |
| 103394 | 1950 @node Turning the volume down |
| 84296 | 1951 @section How do I turn down the bell volume in Emacs running under X? |
| 1952 @cindex Bell, volume of | |
| 1953 @cindex Volume of bell | |
| 1954 | |
| 1955 On X Window system, you can adjust the bell volume and duration for all | |
| 1956 programs with the shell command @code{xset}. | |
| 1957 | |
| 1958 Invoking @code{xset} without any arguments produces some basic | |
| 1959 information, including the following: | |
| 1960 | |
| 1961 @example | |
| 1962 usage: xset [-display host:dpy] option ... | |
| 1963 To turn bell off: | |
| 1964 -b b off b 0 | |
| 1965 To set bell volume, pitch and duration: | |
| 1966 b [vol [pitch [dur]]] b on | |
| 1967 @end example | |
| 1968 | |
| 103394 | 1969 @node Automatic indentation |
| 84296 | 1970 @section How do I tell Emacs to automatically indent a new line to the indentation of the previous line? |
| 1971 @cindex Indenting new lines | |
| 1972 @cindex New lines, indenting of | |
| 1973 @cindex Previous line, indenting according to | |
| 1974 @cindex Text indentation | |
| 1975 | |
| 103446 | 1976 Such behavior is automatic (in Text mode) in Emacs 20 and later. From the |
| 84296 | 1977 @file{etc/NEWS} file for Emacs 20.2: |
| 1978 | |
| 1979 @example | |
| 1980 ** In Text mode, now only blank lines separate paragraphs. This makes | |
| 1981 it possible to get the full benefit of Adaptive Fill mode in Text mode, | |
| 1982 and other modes derived from it (such as Mail mode). @key{TAB} in Text | |
| 1983 mode now runs the command @code{indent-relative}; this makes a practical | |
| 1984 difference only when you use indented paragraphs. | |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 If you want spaces at the beginning of a line to start a paragraph, use | |
| 1987 the new mode, Paragraph Indent Text mode. | |
| 1988 @end example | |
| 1989 | |
| 1990 @cindex Prefixing lines | |
| 1991 @cindex Fill prefix | |
| 1992 If you have @code{auto-fill-mode} turned on (@pxref{Turning on auto-fill | |
| 1993 by default}), you can tell Emacs to prefix every line with a certain | |
| 1994 character sequence, the @dfn{fill prefix}. Type the prefix at the | |
| 1995 beginning of a line, position point after it, and then type @kbd{C-x .} | |
| 1996 (@code{set-fill-prefix}) to set the fill prefix. Thereafter, | |
| 1997 auto-filling will automatically put the fill prefix at the beginning of | |
| 1998 new lines, and @kbd{M-q} (@code{fill-paragraph}) will maintain any fill | |
| 1999 prefix when refilling the paragraph. | |
| 2000 | |
| 2001 If you have paragraphs with different levels of indentation, you will | |
| 2002 have to set the fill prefix to the correct value each time you move to a | |
| 2003 new paragraph. There are many packages available to deal with this | |
| 2004 (@pxref{Packages that do not come with Emacs}). Look for ``fill'' and | |
| 2005 ``indent'' keywords for guidance. | |
| 2006 | |
| 103394 | 2007 @node Matching parentheses |
| 84296 | 2008 @section How do I show which parenthesis matches the one I'm looking at? |
| 2009 @cindex Parentheses, matching | |
| 2010 @cindex @file{paren.el} | |
| 2011 @cindex Highlighting matching parentheses | |
| 2012 @cindex Pairs of parentheses, highlighting | |
| 2013 @cindex Matching parentheses | |
| 2014 | |
| 2015 Call @code{show-paren-mode} in your @file{.emacs} file: | |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 @lisp | |
| 2018 (show-paren-mode 1) | |
| 2019 @end lisp | |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 You can also enable this mode by selecting the @samp{Paren Match | |
| 2022 Highlighting} option from the @samp{Options} menu of the Emacs menu bar | |
| 2023 at the top of any Emacs frame. | |
| 2024 | |
| 2025 Alternatives to this mode include: | |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 @itemize @bullet | |
| 2028 | |
| 2029 @item | |
| 2030 If you're looking at a right parenthesis (or brace or bracket) you can | |
| 2031 delete it and reinsert it. Emacs will momentarily move the cursor to | |
| 2032 the matching parenthesis. | |
| 2033 | |
| 2034 @item | |
| 2035 @kbd{C-M-f} (@code{forward-sexp}) and @kbd{C-M-b} (@code{backward-sexp}) | |
| 2036 will skip over one set of balanced parentheses, so you can see which | |
| 2037 parentheses match. (You can train it to skip over balanced brackets | |
| 2038 and braces at the same time by modifying the syntax table.) | |
| 2039 | |
| 2040 @cindex Show matching paren as in @code{vi} | |
| 2041 @item | |
| 2042 Here is some Emacs Lisp that will make the @key{%} key show the matching | |
| 2043 parenthesis, like in @code{vi}. In addition, if the cursor isn't over a | |
| 2044 parenthesis, it simply inserts a % like normal. | |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 @lisp | |
| 2047 ;; By an unknown contributor | |
| 2048 | |
| 2049 (global-set-key "%" 'match-paren) | |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 (defun match-paren (arg) | |
| 2052 "Go to the matching paren if on a paren; otherwise insert %." | |
| 2053 (interactive "p") | |
| 2054 (cond ((looking-at "\\s\(") (forward-list 1) (backward-char 1)) | |
| 2055 ((looking-at "\\s\)") (forward-char 1) (backward-list 1)) | |
| 2056 (t (self-insert-command (or arg 1))))) | |
| 2057 @end lisp | |
| 2058 | |
| 2059 @end itemize | |
| 2060 | |
| 103394 | 2061 @node Hiding #ifdef lines |
| 84296 | 2062 @section In C mode, can I show just the lines that will be left after @code{#ifdef} commands are handled by the compiler? |
| 2063 @cindex @code{#ifdef}, selective display of | |
| 2064 @cindex @code{hide-ifdef-mode} | |
| 2065 @cindex Hiding @code{#ifdef} text | |
| 2066 @cindex Selectively displaying @code{#ifdef} code | |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 @kbd{M-x hide-ifdef-mode}. (This is a minor mode.) You might also want | |
| 2069 to investigate @file{cpp.el}, which is distributed with Emacs. | |
| 2070 | |
| 103394 | 2071 @node Repeating commands |
| 84296 | 2072 @section How do I repeat a command as many times as possible? |
| 2073 @cindex Repeating commands many times | |
| 2074 @cindex Commands, repeating many times | |
| 2075 @cindex @code{.}, equivalent to @code{vi} command | |
| 2076 | |
| 2077 As of Emacs 20.3, there is indeed a @code{repeat} command (@kbd{C-x z}) | |
| 2078 that repeats the last command. If you preface it with a prefix | |
| 2079 argument, the prefix arg is applied to the command. | |
| 2080 | |
| 2081 You can also type @kbd{C-x @key{ESC} @key{ESC}} | |
| 2082 (@code{repeat-complex-command}) to reinvoke commands that used the | |
| 2083 minibuffer to get arguments. In @code{repeat-complex-command} you can | |
| 2084 type @kbd{M-p} and @kbd{M-n} (and also up-arrow and down-arrow, if your | |
| 2085 keyboard has these keys) to scan through all the different complex | |
| 2086 commands you've typed. | |
| 2087 | |
| 2088 To repeat a set of commands, use keyboard macros. Use @kbd{C-x (} and | |
| 2089 @kbd{C-x )} to make a keyboard macro that invokes the command and then | |
| 2090 type @kbd{C-x e}. (@inforef{Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros, emacs}.) | |
| 2091 | |
| 2092 If you're really desperate for the @code{.} command in @code{vi} that | |
| 2093 redoes the last insertion/deletion, use VIPER, a @code{vi} emulation | |
| 2094 mode which comes with Emacs, and which appears to support it. | |
| 2095 | |
| 103394 | 2096 @node Valid X resources |
| 84296 | 2097 @section What are the valid X resource settings (i.e., stuff in .Xdefaults)? |
| 2098 @cindex Resources, X | |
| 2099 @cindex X resources | |
| 2100 @cindex Setting X resources | |
| 2101 | |
| 2102 @inforef{X Resources, X Resources, emacs}. | |
| 2103 | |
| 2104 You can also use a resource editor, such as editres (for X11R5 and | |
| 2105 onwards), to look at the resource names for the menu bar, assuming Emacs | |
| 2106 was compiled with the X toolkit. | |
| 2107 | |
| 103394 | 2108 @node Evaluating Emacs Lisp code |
| 84296 | 2109 @section How do I execute (``evaluate'') a piece of Emacs Lisp code? |
| 2110 @cindex Evaluating Lisp code | |
| 2111 @cindex Lisp forms, evaluating | |
| 2112 | |
| 2113 There are a number of ways to execute (@dfn{evaluate}, in Lisp lingo) an | |
| 2114 Emacs Lisp @dfn{form}: | |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 @itemize @bullet | |
| 2117 | |
| 2118 @item | |
| 2119 If you want it evaluated every time you run Emacs, put it in a file | |
| 2120 named @file{.emacs} in your home directory. This is known as ``your | |
| 2121 @file{.emacs} file,'' and contains all of your personal customizations. | |
| 2122 | |
| 2123 @item | |
| 2124 You can type the form in the @file{*scratch*} buffer, and then type | |
| 2125 @key{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j}) after it. The result of evaluating the form | |
| 2126 will be inserted in the buffer. | |
| 2127 | |
| 2128 @item | |
| 2129 In @code{emacs-lisp-mode}, typing @kbd{C-M-x} evaluates a top-level form | |
| 2130 before or around point. | |
| 2131 | |
| 2132 @item | |
| 2133 Typing @kbd{C-x C-e} in any buffer evaluates the Lisp form immediately | |
| 2134 before point and prints its value in the echo area. | |
| 2135 | |
| 2136 @item | |
| 2137 Typing @kbd{M-:} or @kbd{M-x eval-expression} allows you to type a Lisp | |
| 2138 form in the minibuffer which will be evaluated once you press @key{RET}. | |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 @item | |
| 2141 You can use @kbd{M-x load-file} to have Emacs evaluate all the Lisp | |
| 2142 forms in a file. (To do this from Lisp use the function @code{load} | |
| 2143 instead.) | |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 The functions @code{load-library}, @code{eval-region}, | |
| 2146 @code{eval-buffer}, @code{require}, and @code{autoload} are also | |
| 2147 useful; see @ref{Emacs Lisp documentation}, if you want to learn more | |
| 2148 about them. | |
| 2149 | |
| 2150 @end itemize | |
| 2151 | |
| 103394 | 2152 @node Changing the length of a Tab |
| 84296 | 2153 @section How do I change Emacs's idea of the @key{TAB} character's length? |
| 2154 @cindex Tab length | |
| 2155 @cindex Length of tab character | |
|
104626
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
103502
diff
changeset
|
2156 |
|
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
103502
diff
changeset
|
2157 Set the default value of the variable @code{tab-width}. For example, to set |
| 84296 | 2158 @key{TAB} stops every 10 characters, insert the following in your |
| 2159 @file{.emacs} file: | |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 @lisp | |
|
104626
caa79498564a
* subr.el (default-mode-line-format, default-header-line-format)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
103502
diff
changeset
|
2162 (setq-default tab-width 10) |
| 84296 | 2163 @end lisp |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 Do not confuse variable @code{tab-width} with variable | |
| 2166 @code{tab-stop-list}. The former is used for the display of literal | |
| 2167 @key{TAB} characters. The latter controls what characters are inserted | |
| 2168 when you press the @key{TAB} character in certain modes. | |
| 2169 | |
| 103394 | 2170 @node Inserting text at the beginning of each line |
| 84296 | 2171 @section How do I insert <some text> at the beginning of every line? |
| 2172 @cindex Prefixing a region with some text | |
| 2173 @cindex Prefix character, inserting in mail/news replies | |
| 2174 @cindex Replies to mail/news, inserting a prefix character | |
| 2175 @cindex @code{mail-yank-prefix} | |
| 2176 @cindex Mail replies, inserting a prefix character | |
| 2177 @cindex News replies, inserting a prefix character | |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 To do this to an entire buffer, type @kbd{M-< M-x replace-regexp | |
| 2180 @key{RET} ^ @key{RET} your text @key{RET}}. | |
| 2181 | |
| 2182 To do this to a region, use @code{string-insert-rectangle}. | |
| 2183 Set the mark (@kbd{C-@key{SPC}}) at the beginning of the first line you | |
| 2184 want to prefix, move the cursor to last line to be prefixed, and type | |
| 2185 @kbd{M-x string-insert-rectangle @key{RET}}. To do this for the whole | |
| 2186 buffer, type @kbd{C-x h M-x string-insert-rectangle @key{RET}}. | |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 If you are trying to prefix a yanked mail message with @samp{>}, you | |
| 2189 might want to set the variable @code{mail-yank-prefix}. In Message | |
| 2190 buffers, you can even use @kbd{M-;} to cite yanked messages (@kbd{M-;} | |
| 2191 runs the function @code{comment-region}, it is a general-purpose | |
| 2192 mechanism to comment regions) (@pxref{Changing the included text prefix}). | |
| 2193 | |
| 103394 | 2194 @node Forcing the cursor to remain in the same column |
| 84296 | 2195 @section How do I make Emacs behave like this: when I go up or down, the cursor should stay in the same column even if the line is too short? |
| 2196 @cindex @code{picture-mode} | |
| 2197 @cindex Remaining in the same column, regardless of contents | |
| 2198 @cindex Vertical movement in empty documents | |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 Use @kbd{M-x picture-mode}. | |
| 2201 | |
| 2202 See also the variable @code{track-eol} and the command | |
| 2203 @code{set-goal-column} bound to @kbd{C-x C-n} | |
| 2204 (@pxref{Moving Point, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}). | |
| 2205 | |
| 103394 | 2206 @node Forcing Emacs to iconify itself |
| 84296 | 2207 @section How do I tell Emacs to iconify itself? |
| 2208 @cindex Iconification under the X Window System | |
| 2209 @cindex X Window System and iconification | |
| 2210 @cindex Suspending Emacs | |
| 2211 | |
| 2212 @kbd{C-z} iconifies Emacs when running under X and suspends Emacs | |
| 2213 otherwise. @inforef{Frame Commands, Frame Commands, emacs}. | |
| 2214 | |
| 103394 | 2215 @node Using regular expressions |
| 84296 | 2216 @section How do I use regexps (regular expressions) in Emacs? |
| 2217 @cindex Regexps | |
| 2218 @cindex Regular expressions | |
| 2219 @cindex Differences between Unix and Emacs regexps | |
| 2220 @cindex Unix regexps, differences from Emacs | |
| 2221 @cindex Text strings, putting regexps in | |
| 2222 | |
| 2223 @inforef{Regexp Backslash, Regexp Backslash, emacs}. | |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 The @code{or} operator is @samp{\|}, not @samp{|}, and the grouping operators | |
| 2226 are @samp{\(} and @samp{\)}. Also, the string syntax for a backslash is | |
| 2227 @samp{\\}. To specify a regular expression like @samp{xxx\(foo\|bar\)} | |
| 2228 in a Lisp string, use @samp{xxx\\(foo\\|bar\\)}. | |
| 2229 | |
| 2230 Note the doubled backslashes! | |
| 2231 | |
| 2232 @itemize @bullet | |
| 2233 | |
| 2234 @item | |
| 2235 Unlike in Unix @file{grep}, @file{sed}, etc., a complement character set | |
| 2236 (@samp{[^...]}) can match a newline character (@key{LFD} a.k.a.@: | |
| 2237 @kbd{C-j} a.k.a.@: @samp{\n}), unless newline is mentioned as one of the | |
| 2238 characters not to match. | |
| 2239 | |
| 2240 @item | |
| 2241 The character syntax regexps (e.g., @samp{\sw}) are not | |
| 2242 meaningful inside character set regexps (e.g., @samp{[aeiou]}). (This | |
| 2243 is actually typical for regexp syntax.) | |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 @end itemize | |
| 2246 | |
| 103394 | 2247 @node Replacing text across multiple files |
| 84296 | 2248 @section How do I perform a replace operation across more than one file? |
| 2249 @cindex Replacing strings across files | |
| 2250 @cindex Multiple files, replacing across | |
| 2251 @cindex Files, replacing strings across multiple | |
| 2252 @cindex Recursive search/replace operations | |
| 2253 | |
|
103418
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
2254 Dired mode (@kbd{M-x dired @key{RET}}, or @kbd{C-x d}) supports the |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
2255 command @code{dired-do-query-replace-regexp} (@kbd{Q}), which allows |
|
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
2256 users to replace regular expressions in multiple files. |
| 84296 | 2257 |
| 2258 You can use this command to perform search/replace operations on | |
| 2259 multiple files by following the following steps: | |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 @itemize @bullet | |
| 2262 @item | |
| 2263 Assemble a list of files you want to operate on with either | |
| 2264 @code{find-dired}, @code{find-name-dired} or @code{find-grep-dired}. | |
| 2265 | |
| 2266 @item | |
| 2267 Mark all files in the resulting Dired buffer using @kbd{t}. | |
| 2268 | |
| 2269 @item | |
| 2270 Use @kbd{Q} to start a @code{query-replace-regexp} session on the marked | |
| 2271 files. | |
| 2272 | |
| 2273 @item | |
| 2274 To accept all replacements in each file, hit @kbd{!}. | |
| 2275 @end itemize | |
| 2276 | |
| 2277 Another way to do the same thing is to use the ``tags'' feature of | |
| 2278 Emacs: it includes the command @code{tags-query-replace} which performs | |
| 2279 a query-replace across all the files mentioned in the @file{TAGS} file. | |
| 2280 @inforef{Tags Search, Tags Search, emacs}. | |
| 2281 | |
| 103394 | 2282 @node Documentation for etags |
| 84296 | 2283 @section Where is the documentation for @code{etags}? |
| 2284 @cindex Documentation for @code{etags} | |
| 2285 @cindex @code{etags}, documentation for | |
| 2286 | |
| 2287 The @code{etags} man page should be in the same place as the | |
| 2288 @code{emacs} man page. | |
| 2289 | |
| 2290 Quick command-line switch descriptions are also available. For example, | |
| 2291 @samp{etags -H}. | |
| 2292 | |
| 103394 | 2293 @node Disabling backups |
| 84296 | 2294 @section How do I disable backup files? |
| 2295 @cindex Backups, disabling | |
| 2296 @cindex Disabling backups | |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 You probably don't want to do this, since backups are useful, especially | |
| 2299 when something goes wrong. | |
| 2300 | |
| 2301 To avoid seeing backup files (and other ``uninteresting'' files) in Dired, | |
| 2302 load @code{dired-x} by adding the following to your @file{.emacs} file: | |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 @lisp | |
| 2305 (add-hook 'dired-load-hook | |
| 2306 (lambda () | |
|
103418
1df3381b5a57
(Setting up a customization file): Grammar fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103406
diff
changeset
|
2307 (require 'dired-x))) |
| 84296 | 2308 @end lisp |
| 2309 | |
| 2310 With @code{dired-x} loaded, @kbd{M-o} toggles omitting in each dired buffer. | |
| 2311 You can make omitting the default for new dired buffers by putting the | |
| 2312 following in your @file{.emacs}: | |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 @lisp | |
| 2315 (add-hook 'dired-mode-hook 'dired-omit-toggle) | |
| 2316 @end lisp | |
| 2317 | |
| 2318 If you're tired of seeing backup files whenever you do an @samp{ls} at | |
| 2319 the Unix shell, try GNU @code{ls} with the @samp{-B} option. GNU | |
| 2320 @code{ls} is part of the GNU Fileutils package, available from | |
| 2321 @samp{ftp.gnu.org} and its mirrors (@pxref{Current GNU distributions}). | |
| 2322 | |
| 2323 To disable or change the way backups are made, @inforef{Backup Names, , | |
| 2324 emacs}. | |
| 2325 | |
| 2326 @cindex Backup files in a single directory | |
| 2327 Beginning with Emacs 21.1, you can control where Emacs puts backup files | |
| 2328 by customizing the variable @code{backup-directory-alist}. This | |
| 2329 variable's value specifies that files whose names match specific patters | |
| 2330 should have their backups put in certain directories. A typical use is | |
| 2331 to add the element @code{("." . @var{dir})} to force Emacs to put | |
| 2332 @strong{all} backup files in the directory @file{dir}. | |
| 2333 | |
| 103394 | 2334 @node Disabling auto-save-mode |
| 84296 | 2335 @section How do I disable @code{auto-save-mode}? |
| 2336 @cindex Disabling @code{auto-save-mode} | |
| 2337 @cindex Auto-saving | |
| 2338 @cindex Saving at frequent intervals | |
| 2339 | |
| 2340 You probably don't want to do this, since auto-saving is useful, | |
| 2341 especially when Emacs or your computer crashes while you are editing a | |
| 2342 document. | |
| 2343 | |
| 2344 Instead, you might want to change the variable | |
| 2345 @code{auto-save-interval}, which specifies how many keystrokes Emacs | |
| 2346 waits before auto-saving. Increasing this value forces Emacs to wait | |
| 2347 longer between auto-saves, which might annoy you less. | |
| 2348 | |
| 2349 You might also want to look into Sebastian Kremer's @code{auto-save} | |
| 2350 package (@pxref{Packages that do not come with Emacs}). This | |
| 2351 package also allows you to place all auto-save files in one directory, | |
| 2352 such as @file{/tmp}. | |
| 2353 | |
| 2354 To disable or change how @code{auto-save-mode} works, @inforef{Auto | |
| 2355 Save, , emacs}. | |
| 2356 | |
| 103394 | 2357 @node Going to a line by number |
| 84296 | 2358 @section How can I go to a certain line given its number? |
| 2359 @cindex Going to a line by number | |
| 2360 @cindex Compilation error messages | |
| 2361 @cindex Recompilation | |
| 2362 | |
| 2363 Are you sure you indeed need to go to a line by its number? Perhaps all | |
| 2364 you want is to display a line in your source file for which a compiler | |
| 2365 printed an error message? If so, compiling from within Emacs using the | |
| 2366 @kbd{M-x compile} and @kbd{M-x recompile} commands is a much more | |
| 2367 effective way of doing that. Emacs automatically intercepts the compile | |
| 2368 error messages, inserts them into a special buffer called | |
| 2369 @code{*compilation*}, and lets you visit the locus of each message in | |
| 2370 the source. Type @kbd{C-x `} to step through the offending lines one by | |
| 2371 one (starting with Emacs 22, you can also use @kbd{M-g M-p} and | |
| 2372 @kbd{M-g M-n} to go to the previous and next matches directly). Click | |
| 2373 @kbd{Mouse-2} or press @key{RET} on a message text in the | |
| 2374 @code{*compilation*} buffer to go to the line whose number is mentioned | |
| 2375 in that message. | |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 But if you indeed need to go to a certain text line, type @kbd{M-g M-g} | |
| 2378 (which is the default binding of the @code{goto-line} function starting | |
| 2379 with Emacs 22). Emacs will prompt you for the number of the line and go | |
| 2380 to that line. | |
| 2381 | |
| 2382 You can do this faster by invoking @code{goto-line} with a numeric | |
| 2383 argument that is the line's number. For example, @kbd{C-u 286 M-g M-g} | |
| 2384 will jump to line number 286 in the current buffer. | |
| 2385 | |
| 103394 | 2386 @node Modifying pull-down menus |
| 84296 | 2387 @section How can I create or modify new pull-down menu options? |
| 2388 @cindex Pull-down menus, creating or modifying | |
| 2389 @cindex Menus, creating or modifying | |
| 2390 @cindex Creating new menu options | |
| 2391 @cindex Modifying pull-down menus | |
| 2392 @cindex Menus and keymaps | |
| 2393 @cindex Keymaps and menus | |
| 2394 | |
| 2395 Each menu title (e.g., @samp{File}, @samp{Edit}, @samp{Buffers}) | |
| 2396 represents a local or global keymap. Selecting a menu title with the | |
| 2397 mouse displays that keymap's non-@code{nil} contents in the form of a menu. | |
| 2398 | |
| 2399 So to add a menu option to an existing menu, all you have to do is add a | |
| 2400 new definition to the appropriate keymap. Adding a @samp{Forward Word} | |
| 2401 item to the @samp{Edit} menu thus requires the following Lisp code: | |
| 2402 | |
| 2403 @lisp | |
| 2404 (define-key global-map | |
| 2405 [menu-bar edit forward] | |
| 2406 '("Forward word" . forward-word)) | |
| 2407 @end lisp | |
| 2408 | |
| 2409 @noindent | |
| 2410 The first line adds the entry to the global keymap, which includes | |
| 2411 global menu bar entries. Replacing the reference to @code{global-map} | |
| 2412 with a local keymap would add this menu option only within a particular | |
| 2413 mode. | |
| 2414 | |
| 2415 The second line describes the path from the menu-bar to the new entry. | |
| 2416 Placing this menu entry underneath the @samp{File} menu would mean | |
| 2417 changing the word @code{edit} in the second line to @code{file}. | |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 The third line is a cons cell whose first element is the title that will | |
| 2420 be displayed, and whose second element is the function that will be | |
| 2421 called when that menu option is invoked. | |
| 2422 | |
| 2423 To add a new menu, rather than a new option to an existing menu, we must | |
| 2424 define an entirely new keymap: | |
| 2425 | |
| 2426 @lisp | |
| 2427 (define-key global-map [menu-bar words] | |
| 2428 (cons "Words" (make-sparse-keymap "Words"))) | |
| 2429 @end lisp | |
| 2430 | |
| 2431 The above code creates a new sparse keymap, gives it the name | |
| 2432 @samp{Words}, and attaches it to the global menu bar. Adding the | |
| 2433 @samp{Forward Word} item to this new menu would thus require the | |
| 2434 following code: | |
| 2435 | |
| 2436 @lisp | |
| 2437 (define-key global-map | |
| 2438 [menu-bar words forward] | |
| 2439 '("Forward word" . forward-word)) | |
| 2440 @end lisp | |
| 2441 | |
| 2442 @noindent | |
| 2443 Note that because of the way keymaps work, menu options are displayed | |
| 2444 with the more recently defined items at the top. Thus if you were to | |
| 2445 define menu options @samp{foo}, @samp{bar}, and @samp{baz} (in that | |
| 2446 order), the menu option @samp{baz} would appear at the top, and | |
| 2447 @samp{foo} would be at the bottom. | |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 One way to avoid this problem is to use the function @code{define-key-after}, | |
| 2450 which works the same as @code{define-key}, but lets you modify where items | |
| 2451 appear. The following Lisp code would insert the @samp{Forward Word} | |
| 2452 item in the @samp{Edit} menu immediately following the @samp{Undo} item: | |
| 2453 | |
| 2454 @lisp | |
| 2455 (define-key-after | |
| 2456 (lookup-key global-map [menu-bar edit]) | |
| 2457 [forward] | |
| 2458 '("Forward word" . forward-word) | |
| 2459 'undo) | |
| 2460 @end lisp | |
| 2461 | |
| 2462 Note how the second and third arguments to @code{define-key-after} are | |
| 2463 different from those of @code{define-key}, and that we have added a new | |
| 2464 (final) argument, the function after which our new key should be | |
| 2465 defined. | |
| 2466 | |
| 2467 To move a menu option from one position to another, simply evaluate | |
| 2468 @code{define-key-after} with the appropriate final argument. | |
| 2469 | |
| 2470 More detailed information---and more examples of how to create and | |
| 2471 modify menu options---are in the @cite{Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, under | |
| 2472 ``Menu Keymaps.'' (@xref{Emacs Lisp documentation}, for information on | |
| 2473 this manual.) | |
| 2474 | |
| 103394 | 2475 @node Deleting menus and menu options |
| 84296 | 2476 @section How do I delete menus and menu options? |
| 2477 @cindex Deleting menus and menu options | |
| 2478 @cindex Menus, deleting | |
| 2479 | |
| 2480 The simplest way to remove a menu is to set its keymap to @samp{nil}. | |
| 2481 For example, to delete the @samp{Words} menu (@pxref{Modifying pull-down | |
| 2482 menus}), use: | |
| 2483 | |
| 2484 @lisp | |
| 2485 (define-key global-map [menu-bar words] nil) | |
| 2486 @end lisp | |
| 2487 | |
| 2488 Similarly, removing a menu option requires redefining a keymap entry to | |
| 2489 @code{nil}. For example, to delete the @samp{Forward word} menu option | |
| 2490 from the @samp{Edit} menu (we added it in @ref{Modifying pull-down | |
| 2491 menus}), use: | |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 @lisp | |
| 2494 (define-key global-map [menu-bar edit forward] nil) | |
| 2495 @end lisp | |
| 2496 | |
| 103394 | 2497 @node Turning on syntax highlighting |
| 84296 | 2498 @section How do I turn on syntax highlighting? |
| 2499 @cindex Syntax highlighting | |
| 2500 @cindex @code{font-lock-mode} | |
| 2501 @cindex Highlighting based on syntax | |
| 2502 @cindex Colorizing text | |
| 2503 @cindex FAQ, @code{font-lock-mode} | |
| 2504 | |
| 2505 @code{font-lock-mode} is the standard way to have Emacs perform syntax | |
| 2506 highlighting in the current buffer. It is enabled by default in Emacs | |
| 2507 22.1 and later. | |
| 2508 | |
| 2509 With @code{font-lock-mode} turned on, different types of text will | |
| 2510 appear in different colors. For instance, in a programming mode, | |
| 2511 variables will appear in one face, keywords in a second, and comments in | |
| 2512 a third. | |
| 2513 | |
| 2514 To turn @code{font-lock-mode} off within an existing buffer, use | |
| 2515 @kbd{M-x font-lock-mode @key{RET}}. | |
| 2516 | |
| 2517 In Emacs 21 and earlier versions, you could use the following code in | |
| 2518 your @file{.emacs} file to turn on @code{font-lock-mode} globally: | |
| 2519 | |
| 2520 @lisp | |
| 2521 (global-font-lock-mode 1) | |
| 2522 @end lisp | |
| 2523 | |
| 2524 Highlighting a buffer with @code{font-lock-mode} can take quite a while, | |
| 2525 and cause an annoying delay in display, so several features exist to | |
| 2526 work around this. | |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 @cindex Just-In-Time syntax highlighting | |
| 2529 In Emacs 21 and later, turning on @code{font-lock-mode} automatically | |
| 2530 activates the new @dfn{Just-In-Time fontification} provided by | |
| 2531 @code{jit-lock-mode}. @code{jit-lock-mode} defers the fontification of | |
| 2532 portions of buffer until you actually need to see them, and can also | |
| 2533 fontify while Emacs is idle. This makes display of the visible portion | |
| 2534 of a buffer almost instantaneous. For details about customizing | |
| 2535 @code{jit-lock-mode}, type @kbd{C-h f jit-lock-mode @key{RET}}. | |
| 2536 | |
| 2537 @cindex Levels of syntax highlighting | |
| 2538 @cindex Decoration level, in @code{font-lock-mode} | |
| 2539 In versions of Emacs before 21, different levels of decoration are | |
| 2540 available, from slight to gaudy. More decoration means you need to wait | |
| 2541 more time for a buffer to be fontified (or a faster machine). To | |
| 2542 control how decorated your buffers should become, set the value of | |
| 2543 @code{font-lock-maximum-decoration} in your @file{.emacs} file, with a | |
| 2544 @code{nil} value indicating default (usually minimum) decoration, and a | |
| 2545 @code{t} value indicating the maximum decoration. For the gaudiest | |
| 2546 possible look, then, include the line | |
| 2547 | |
| 2548 @lisp | |
| 2549 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t) | |
| 2550 @end lisp | |
| 2551 | |
| 2552 @noindent | |
| 2553 in your @file{.emacs} file. You can also set this variable such that | |
| 2554 different modes are highlighted in a different ways; for more | |
| 2555 information, see the documentation for | |
| 2556 @code{font-lock-maximum-decoration} with @kbd{C-h v} (or @kbd{M-x | |
| 2557 describe-variable @key{RET}}). | |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 Also see the documentation for the function @code{font-lock-mode}, | |
| 2560 available by typing @kbd{C-h f font-lock-mode} (@kbd{M-x | |
| 2561 describe-function @key{RET} font-lock-mode @key{RET}}). | |
| 2562 | |
| 2563 To print buffers with the faces (i.e., colors and fonts) intact, use | |
| 2564 @kbd{M-x ps-print-buffer-with-faces} or @kbd{M-x | |
| 2565 ps-print-region-with-faces}. You will need a way to send text to a | |
| 2566 PostScript printer, or a PostScript interpreter such as Ghostscript; | |
| 2567 consult the documentation of the variables @code{ps-printer-name}, | |
| 2568 @code{ps-lpr-command}, and @code{ps-lpr-switches} for more details. | |
| 2569 | |
| 103394 | 2570 @node Scrolling only one line |
| 84296 | 2571 @section How can I force Emacs to scroll only one line when I move past the bottom of the screen? |
| 2572 @cindex Scrolling only one line | |
| 2573 @cindex Reducing the increment when scrolling | |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 Customize the @code{scroll-conservatively} variable with @kbd{M-x | |
| 2576 customize-variable @key{RET} scroll-conservatively @key{RET}} and set it | |
| 2577 to a large value like, say, 10000. For an explanation of what this | |
| 2578 means, @inforef{Auto Scrolling, Auto Scrolling, emacs}. | |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 Alternatively, use the following Lisp form in your @file{.emacs}: | |
| 2581 | |
| 2582 @lisp | |
| 2583 (setq scroll-conservatively most-positive-fixnum) | |
| 2584 @end lisp | |
| 2585 | |
| 103394 | 2586 @node Editing MS-DOS files |
| 84296 | 2587 @section How can I edit MS-DOS files using Emacs? |
| 2588 @cindex Editing MS-DOS files | |
| 2589 @cindex MS-DOS files, editing | |
| 2590 @cindex Microsoft files, editing | |
| 2591 @cindex Windows files, editing | |
| 2592 | |
| 2593 As of Emacs 20, detection and handling of MS-DOS (and Windows) files is | |
| 2594 performed transparently. You can open MS-DOS files on a Unix system, | |
| 2595 edit it, and save it without having to worry about the file format. | |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 When editing an MS-DOS style file, the mode line will indicate that it | |
| 2598 is a DOS file. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, and also on a Macintosh, | |
| 2599 the string @samp{(DOS)} will appear near the left edge of the mode line; | |
| 2600 on DOS and Windows, where the DOS end-of-line (EOL) format is the | |
| 2601 default, a backslash (@samp{\}) will appear in the mode line. | |
| 2602 | |
| 103394 | 2603 @node Filling paragraphs with a single space |
| 84296 | 2604 @section How can I tell Emacs to fill paragraphs with a single space after each period? |
| 2605 @cindex One space following periods | |
| 2606 @cindex Single space following periods | |
| 2607 @cindex Periods, one space following | |
| 2608 | |
| 2609 Add the following line to your @file{.emacs} file: | |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 @lisp | |
| 2612 (setq sentence-end-double-space nil) | |
| 2613 @end lisp | |
| 2614 | |
| 103394 | 2615 @node Escape sequences in shell output |
| 84296 | 2616 @section Why these strange escape sequences from @code{ls} from the Shell mode? |
| 2617 @cindex Escape sequences in @code{ls} output | |
| 2618 @cindex @code{ls} in Shell mode | |
| 2619 | |
|
107326
fd12fbc689fd
* faq.texi: Note that ansi-color is now enabled by default.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107243
diff
changeset
|
2620 In many systems, @code{ls} is aliased to @samp{ls --color}, which |
|
fd12fbc689fd
* faq.texi: Note that ansi-color is now enabled by default.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107243
diff
changeset
|
2621 prints using ANSI color escape sequences. Emacs version 21.1 and |
|
fd12fbc689fd
* faq.texi: Note that ansi-color is now enabled by default.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107243
diff
changeset
|
2622 later includes the @code{ansi-color} package, which lets Shell mode |
|
fd12fbc689fd
* faq.texi: Note that ansi-color is now enabled by default.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107243
diff
changeset
|
2623 recognize these escape sequences. In Emacs 23.2 and later, the |
|
fd12fbc689fd
* faq.texi: Note that ansi-color is now enabled by default.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107243
diff
changeset
|
2624 package is enabled by default; in earlier versions you can enable it |
|
fd12fbc689fd
* faq.texi: Note that ansi-color is now enabled by default.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107243
diff
changeset
|
2625 by typing @kbd{M-x ansi-color-for-comint-mode} in the Shell buffer, or |
|
fd12fbc689fd
* faq.texi: Note that ansi-color is now enabled by default.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107243
diff
changeset
|
2626 by adding @code{(add-hook 'shell-mode-hook |
|
fd12fbc689fd
* faq.texi: Note that ansi-color is now enabled by default.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107243
diff
changeset
|
2627 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)} to your init file. |
|
fd12fbc689fd
* faq.texi: Note that ansi-color is now enabled by default.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107243
diff
changeset
|
2628 |
|
fd12fbc689fd
* faq.texi: Note that ansi-color is now enabled by default.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107243
diff
changeset
|
2629 In Emacs versions before 21.1, the @code{ansi-color} package is not |
|
fd12fbc689fd
* faq.texi: Note that ansi-color is now enabled by default.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107243
diff
changeset
|
2630 included. In that case, you need to unalias @code{ls} for interactive |
|
fd12fbc689fd
* faq.texi: Note that ansi-color is now enabled by default.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107243
diff
changeset
|
2631 shells running in Emacs; this can be done by checking the @code{EMACS} |
|
fd12fbc689fd
* faq.texi: Note that ansi-color is now enabled by default.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
107243
diff
changeset
|
2632 variable in the environment. |
| 84296 | 2633 |
| 103394 | 2634 @node Fullscreen mode on MS-Windows |
| 84296 | 2635 @section How can I start Emacs in fullscreen mode on MS-Windows? |
| 2636 @cindex Maximize frame | |
| 2637 @cindex Fullscreen mode | |
| 2638 | |
| 2639 Use the function @code{w32-send-sys-command}. For example, you can | |
| 2640 put the following in your @file{.emacs} file: | |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 @lisp | |
| 2643 (add-hook 'term-setup-hook | |
| 2644 #'(lambda () (w32-send-sys-command ?\xF030))) | |
| 2645 @end lisp | |
| 2646 | |
| 2647 To avoid the slightly distracting visual effect of Emacs starting with | |
| 2648 its default frame size and then growing to fullscreen, you can add an | |
| 2649 @samp{Emacs.Geometry} entry to the Windows registry settings (see | |
| 2650 @pxref{(emacs)X Resources}). | |
| 2651 | |
| 2652 To compute the correct values for width and height, first maximize the | |
| 2653 Emacs frame and then evaluate @code{(frame-height)} and | |
| 2654 @code{(frame-width)} with @kbd{M-:}. | |
| 2655 | |
| 2656 @c ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 103394 | 2657 @node Bugs and problems |
| 84296 | 2658 @chapter Bugs and problems |
| 2659 @cindex Bugs and problems | |
| 2660 | |
| 2661 The Emacs manual lists some common kinds of trouble users could get | |
| 2662 into, see @ref{Lossage, , Dealing with Emacs Trouble, emacs, The GNU | |
| 2663 Emacs Manual}, so you might look there if the problem you encounter | |
| 2664 isn't described in this chapter. If you decide you've discovered a bug, | |
| 2665 see @ref{Bugs, , Reporting Bugs, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for | |
| 2666 instructions how to do that. | |
| 2667 | |
| 2668 The file @file{etc/PROBLEMS} in the Emacs distribution lists various | |
| 2669 known problems with building and using Emacs on specific platforms; | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
2670 type @kbd{C-h C-p} to read it. |
| 84296 | 2671 |
| 2672 @menu | |
| 2673 * Problems with very large files:: | |
| 2674 * ^M in the shell buffer:: | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
2675 * Problems with Shell Mode:: |
| 84296 | 2676 * Termcap/Terminfo entries for Emacs:: |
| 2677 * Errors with init files:: | |
| 2678 * Emacs ignores X resources:: | |
| 2679 * Emacs ignores frame parameters:: | |
| 2680 * Editing files with $ in the name:: | |
| 2681 * Shell mode loses the current directory:: | |
| 2682 * Security risks with Emacs:: | |
| 2683 * Dired claims that no file is on this line:: | |
| 2684 @end menu | |
| 2685 | |
| 103394 | 2686 @node Problems with very large files |
| 84296 | 2687 @section Does Emacs have problems with files larger than 8 megabytes? |
| 2688 @cindex Very large files, opening | |
| 2689 @cindex Large files, opening | |
| 2690 @cindex Opening very large files | |
| 2691 @cindex Maximum file size | |
| 2692 @cindex Files, maximum size | |
| 2693 | |
| 2694 Old versions (i.e., anything before 19.29) of Emacs had problems editing | |
| 2695 files larger than 8 megabytes. In versions 19.29 and later, the maximum | |
| 2696 buffer size is at least 2^27-1, or 134,217,727 bytes, or 132 MBytes. | |
|
106262
99056f788a09
(Latest version of Emacs): Mention stability of development version.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
104626
diff
changeset
|
2697 The maximum buffer size on 32-bit machines increased to 256 MBytes in |
|
99056f788a09
(Latest version of Emacs): Mention stability of development version.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
104626
diff
changeset
|
2698 Emacs 22, and again to 512 MBytes in Emacs 23.2. |
| 84296 | 2699 |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
2700 Emacs compiled on a 64-bit machine can handle much larger buffers. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
2701 |
| 103394 | 2702 @node ^M in the shell buffer |
| 84296 | 2703 @section How do I get rid of @samp{^M} or echoed commands in my shell buffer? |
| 2704 @cindex Shell buffer, echoed commands and @samp{^M} in | |
| 2705 @cindex Echoed commands in @code{shell-mode} | |
| 2706 | |
| 2707 Try typing @kbd{M-x shell-strip-ctrl-m @key{RET}} while in @code{shell-mode} to | |
| 2708 make them go away. If that doesn't work, you have several options: | |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 For @code{tcsh}, put this in your @file{.cshrc} (or @file{.tcshrc}) | |
| 2711 file: | |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 @example | |
| 2714 if ($?EMACS) then | |
| 2715 if ("$EMACS" =~ /*) then | |
| 2716 if ($?tcsh) unset edit | |
| 2717 stty nl | |
| 2718 endif | |
| 2719 endif | |
| 2720 @end example | |
| 2721 | |
| 2722 Or put this in your @file{.emacs_tcsh} or @file{~/.emacs.d/init_tcsh.sh} file: | |
| 2723 | |
| 2724 @example | |
| 2725 unset edit | |
| 2726 stty nl | |
| 2727 @end example | |
| 2728 | |
| 2729 Alternatively, use @code{csh} in your shell buffers instead of | |
| 2730 @code{tcsh}. One way is: | |
| 2731 | |
| 2732 @lisp | |
| 2733 (setq explicit-shell-file-name "/bin/csh") | |
| 2734 @end lisp | |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 @noindent | |
| 2737 and another is to do this in your @file{.cshrc} (or @file{.tcshrc}) | |
| 2738 file: | |
| 2739 | |
| 2740 @example | |
| 2741 setenv ESHELL /bin/csh | |
| 2742 @end example | |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 @noindent | |
| 2745 (You must start Emacs over again with the environment variable properly | |
| 2746 set for this to take effect.) | |
| 2747 | |
| 2748 You can also set the @code{ESHELL} environment variable in Emacs Lisp | |
| 2749 with the following Lisp form, | |
| 2750 | |
| 2751 @lisp | |
| 2752 (setenv "ESHELL" "/bin/csh") | |
| 2753 @end lisp | |
| 2754 | |
| 2755 The above solutions try to prevent the shell from producing the | |
| 2756 @samp{^M} characters in the first place. If this is not possible | |
| 2757 (e.g., if you use a Windows shell), you can get Emacs to remove these | |
| 2758 characters from the buffer by adding this to your @file{.emacs} init | |
| 2759 file: | |
| 2760 | |
| 2761 @smalllisp | |
| 2762 (add-hook 'comint-output-filter-functions 'shell-strip-ctrl-m) | |
| 2763 @end smalllisp | |
| 2764 | |
| 2765 On a related note: if your shell is echoing your input line in the shell | |
| 2766 buffer, you might want to customize the @code{comint-process-echoes} | |
| 2767 variable in your shell buffers, or try the following command in your | |
| 2768 shell start-up file: | |
| 2769 | |
| 2770 @example | |
| 2771 stty -icrnl -onlcr -echo susp ^Z | |
| 2772 @end example | |
| 2773 | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
2774 @node Problems with Shell Mode |
| 84296 | 2775 @section Why do I get an error message when I try to run @kbd{M-x shell}? |
| 2776 | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
2777 @cindex Shell Mode, problems |
| 84296 | 2778 @cindex @code{explicit-shell-file-name} |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
2779 This might happen because Emacs tries to look for the shell in a wrong |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
2780 place. If you know where your shell executable is, set the variable |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
2781 @code{explicit-shell-file-name} in your @file{.emacs} file to point to |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
2782 its full file name. |
| 84296 | 2783 |
| 2784 @cindex Antivirus programs, and Shell Mode | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
2785 Some people have trouble with Shell Mode on MS-Windows because of |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
2786 intrusive antivirus software; disabling the resident antivirus program |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
2787 solves the problems in those cases. |
| 84296 | 2788 |
| 103394 | 2789 @node Termcap/Terminfo entries for Emacs |
| 84296 | 2790 @section Where is the termcap/terminfo entry for terminal type @samp{emacs}? |
| 2791 @cindex Termcap | |
| 2792 @cindex Terminfo | |
| 2793 @cindex Emacs entries for termcap/terminfo | |
| 2794 | |
| 2795 The termcap entry for terminal type @samp{emacs} is ordinarily put in | |
| 2796 the @samp{TERMCAP} environment variable of subshells. It may help in | |
| 2797 certain situations (e.g., using rlogin from shell buffer) to add an | |
| 2798 entry for @samp{emacs} to the system-wide termcap file. Here is a | |
| 2799 correct termcap entry for @samp{emacs}: | |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 @example | |
| 2802 emacs:tc=unknown: | |
| 2803 @end example | |
| 2804 | |
| 2805 To make a terminfo entry for @samp{emacs}, use @code{tic} or | |
| 2806 @code{captoinfo}. You need to generate | |
| 2807 @file{/usr/lib/terminfo/e/emacs}. It may work to simply copy | |
| 2808 @file{/usr/lib/terminfo/d/dumb} to @file{/usr/lib/terminfo/e/emacs}. | |
| 2809 | |
| 2810 Having a termcap/terminfo entry will not enable the use of full screen | |
| 2811 programs in shell buffers. Use @kbd{M-x terminal-emulator} for that | |
| 2812 instead. | |
| 2813 | |
| 2814 A workaround to the problem of missing termcap/terminfo entries is to | |
| 2815 change terminal type @samp{emacs} to type @samp{dumb} or @samp{unknown} | |
| 2816 in your shell start up file. @code{csh} users could put this in their | |
| 2817 @file{.cshrc} files: | |
| 2818 | |
| 2819 @example | |
| 2820 if ("$term" == emacs) set term=dumb | |
| 2821 @end example | |
| 2822 | |
| 103394 | 2823 @node Errors with init files |
| 84296 | 2824 @section Why does Emacs say @samp{Error in init file}? |
| 2825 @cindex Error in @file{.emacs} | |
| 2826 @cindex Error in init file | |
| 2827 @cindex Init file, errors in | |
| 2828 @cindex @file{.emacs} file, errors in | |
| 2829 @cindex Debugging @file{.emacs} file | |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 An error occurred while loading either your @file{.emacs} file or the | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
2832 system-wide file @file{site-lisp/default.el}. Emacs 21.1 and later pops the |
| 84296 | 2833 @file{*Messages*} buffer, and puts there some additional information |
| 2834 about the error, to provide some hints for debugging. | |
| 2835 | |
| 2836 For information on how to debug your @file{.emacs} file, see | |
| 2837 @ref{Debugging a customization file}. | |
| 2838 | |
| 2839 It may be the case that you need to load some package first, or use a | |
| 2840 hook that will be evaluated after the package is loaded. A common case | |
| 2841 of this is explained in @ref{Terminal setup code works after Emacs has | |
| 2842 begun}. | |
| 2843 | |
| 103394 | 2844 @node Emacs ignores X resources |
| 84296 | 2845 @section Why does Emacs ignore my X resources (my .Xdefaults file)? |
| 2846 @cindex X resources being ignored | |
| 2847 @cindex Ignored X resources | |
| 2848 @cindex @file{.Xdefaults} | |
| 2849 | |
| 2850 As of version 19, Emacs searches for X resources in the files specified | |
| 2851 by the following environment variables: | |
| 2852 | |
| 2853 @itemize @bullet | |
| 2854 | |
| 2855 @item @code{XFILESEARCHPATH} | |
| 2856 @item @code{XUSERFILESEARCHPATH} | |
| 2857 @item @code{XAPPLRESDIR} | |
| 2858 | |
| 2859 @end itemize | |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 This emulates the functionality provided by programs written using the | |
| 2862 Xt toolkit. | |
| 2863 | |
| 2864 @code{XFILESEARCHPATH} and @code{XUSERFILESEARCHPATH} should be a list | |
| 2865 of file names separated by colons. @code{XAPPLRESDIR} should be a list | |
| 2866 of directory names separated by colons. | |
| 2867 | |
| 2868 Emacs searches for X resources: | |
| 2869 | |
| 2870 @enumerate | |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 @item | |
| 2873 specified on the command line, with the @samp{-xrm RESOURCESTRING} option, | |
| 2874 | |
| 2875 @item | |
| 2876 then in the value of the @samp{XENVIRONMENT} environment variable, | |
| 2877 | |
| 2878 @itemize @minus | |
| 2879 | |
| 2880 @item | |
| 2881 or if that is unset, in the file named | |
| 2882 @file{~/.Xdefaults-@var{hostname}} if it exists (where @var{hostname} is | |
| 2883 the name of the machine Emacs is running on), | |
| 2884 | |
| 2885 @end itemize | |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 @item | |
| 2888 then in the screen-specific and server-wide resource properties provided | |
| 2889 by the server, | |
| 2890 | |
| 2891 @itemize @minus | |
| 2892 | |
| 2893 @item | |
| 2894 or if those properties are unset, in the file named @file{~/.Xdefaults} | |
| 2895 if it exists, | |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 @end itemize | |
| 2898 | |
| 2899 @item | |
| 2900 then in the files listed in @samp{XUSERFILESEARCHPATH}, | |
| 2901 | |
| 2902 @itemize @minus | |
| 2903 | |
| 2904 @item | |
| 2905 or in files named @file{@var{lang}/Emacs} in directories listed in | |
| 2906 @samp{XAPPLRESDIR} (where @var{lang} is the value of the @code{LANG} | |
| 2907 environment variable), if the @samp{LANG} environment variable is set, | |
| 2908 @item | |
| 2909 or in files named Emacs in the directories listed in @samp{XAPPLRESDIR} | |
| 2910 @item | |
| 2911 or in @file{~/@var{lang}/Emacs} (if the @code{LANG} environment variable | |
| 2912 is set), | |
| 2913 @item | |
| 2914 or in @file{~/Emacs}, | |
| 2915 | |
| 2916 @end itemize | |
| 2917 | |
| 2918 @item | |
| 2919 then in the files listed in @code{XFILESEARCHPATH}. | |
| 2920 | |
| 2921 @end enumerate | |
| 2922 | |
| 103394 | 2923 @node Emacs ignores frame parameters |
| 84296 | 2924 @section Why don't my customizations of the frame parameters work? |
| 2925 @cindex Frame parameters | |
| 2926 | |
| 2927 This probably happens because you have set the frame parameters in the | |
| 2928 variable @code{initial-frame-alist}. That variable holds parameters | |
| 2929 used only for the first frame created when Emacs starts. To customize | |
| 2930 the parameters of all frames, change the variable | |
| 2931 @code{default-frame-alist} instead. | |
| 2932 | |
| 2933 These two variables exist because many users customize the initial frame | |
| 2934 in a special way. For example, you could determine the position and | |
| 2935 size of the initial frame, but would like to control the geometry of the | |
| 2936 other frames by individually positioning each one of them. | |
| 2937 | |
| 2938 | |
| 103394 | 2939 @node Editing files with $ in the name |
| 84296 | 2940 @section How do I edit a file with a @samp{$} in its name? |
| 2941 @cindex Editing files with @samp{$} in the name | |
| 2942 @cindex @samp{$} in file names | |
| 2943 @cindex File names containing @samp{$}, editing | |
| 2944 | |
| 2945 When entering a file name in the minibuffer, Emacs will attempt to expand | |
| 2946 a @samp{$} followed by a word as an environment variable. To suppress | |
| 2947 this behavior, type @kbd{$$} instead. | |
| 2948 | |
| 103394 | 2949 @node Shell mode loses the current directory |
| 84296 | 2950 @section Why does shell mode lose track of the shell's current directory? |
| 2951 @cindex Current directory and @code{shell-mode} | |
| 2952 @cindex @code{shell-mode} and current directory | |
| 2953 @cindex Directory, current in @code{shell-mode} | |
| 2954 | |
| 2955 Emacs has no way of knowing when the shell actually changes its | |
| 2956 directory. This is an intrinsic limitation of Unix. So it tries to | |
| 2957 guess by recognizing @samp{cd} commands. If you type @kbd{cd} followed | |
| 2958 by a directory name with a variable reference (@kbd{cd $HOME/bin}) or | |
| 2959 with a shell metacharacter (@kbd{cd ../lib*}), Emacs will fail to | |
| 2960 correctly guess the shell's new current directory. A huge variety of | |
| 2961 fixes and enhancements to shell mode for this problem have been written | |
| 2962 to handle this problem (@pxref{Finding a package with particular | |
| 2963 functionality}). | |
| 2964 | |
| 2965 You can tell Emacs the shell's current directory with the command | |
| 2966 @kbd{M-x dirs}. | |
| 2967 | |
| 103394 | 2968 @node Security risks with Emacs |
| 84296 | 2969 @section Are there any security risks in Emacs? |
| 2970 @cindex Security with Emacs | |
| 2971 @cindex @samp{movemail} and security | |
| 2972 @cindex @code{file-local-variable} and security | |
| 2973 @cindex Synthetic X events and security | |
| 2974 @cindex X events and security | |
| 2975 | |
| 2976 @itemize @bullet | |
| 2977 | |
| 2978 @item | |
| 2979 The @file{movemail} incident. (No, this is not a risk.) | |
| 2980 | |
| 2981 In his book @cite{The Cuckoo's Egg}, Cliff Stoll describes this in | |
| 2982 chapter 4. The site at LBL had installed the @file{/etc/movemail} | |
| 2983 program setuid root. (As of version 19, @file{movemail} is in your | |
| 2984 architecture-specific directory; type @kbd{C-h v exec-directory | |
| 2985 @key{RET}} to see what it is.) Since @code{movemail} had not been | |
| 2986 designed for this situation, a security hole was created and users could | |
| 2987 get root privileges. | |
| 2988 | |
| 2989 @code{movemail} has since been changed so that this security hole will | |
| 2990 not exist, even if it is installed setuid root. However, | |
| 2991 @code{movemail} no longer needs to be installed setuid root, which | |
| 2992 should eliminate this particular risk. | |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 We have heard unverified reports that the 1988 Internet worm took | |
| 2995 advantage of this configuration problem. | |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 @item | |
| 2998 The @code{file-local-variable} feature. (Yes, a risk, but easy to | |
| 2999 change.) | |
| 3000 | |
| 3001 There is an Emacs feature that allows the setting of local values for | |
| 3002 variables when editing a file by including specially formatted text near | |
| 3003 the end of the file. This feature also includes the ability to have | |
| 3004 arbitrary Emacs Lisp code evaluated when the file is visited. | |
| 3005 Obviously, there is a potential for Trojan horses to exploit this | |
| 3006 feature. | |
| 3007 | |
| 3008 As of Emacs 22, Emacs has a list of local variables that are known to | |
| 3009 be safe to set. If a file tries to set any variable outside this | |
| 3010 list, it asks the user to confirm whether the variables should be set. | |
| 3011 You can also tell Emacs whether to allow the evaluation of Emacs Lisp | |
| 3012 code found at the bottom of files by setting the variable | |
| 3013 @code{enable-local-eval}. | |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 For more information, @inforef{File Variables, File Variables, emacs}. | |
| 3016 | |
| 3017 @item | |
| 3018 Synthetic X events. (Yes, a risk; use @samp{MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1} or | |
| 3019 better.) | |
| 3020 | |
| 3021 Emacs accepts synthetic X events generated by the @code{SendEvent} | |
| 3022 request as though they were regular events. As a result, if you are | |
| 3023 using the trivial host-based authentication, other users who can open X | |
| 3024 connections to your X workstation can make your Emacs process do | |
| 3025 anything, including run other processes with your privileges. | |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 The only fix for this is to prevent other users from being able to open | |
| 3028 X connections. The standard way to prevent this is to use a real | |
| 3029 authentication mechanism, such as @samp{MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1}. If using | |
| 3030 the @code{xauth} program has any effect, then you are probably using | |
| 3031 @samp{MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1}. Your site may be using a superior | |
| 3032 authentication method; ask your system administrator. | |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 If real authentication is not a possibility, you may be satisfied by | |
| 3035 just allowing hosts access for brief intervals while you start your X | |
| 3036 programs, then removing the access. This reduces the risk somewhat by | |
| 3037 narrowing the time window when hostile users would have access, but | |
| 3038 @emph{does not eliminate the risk}. | |
| 3039 | |
| 3040 On most computers running Unix and X, you enable and disable | |
| 3041 access using the @code{xhost} command. To allow all hosts access to | |
| 3042 your X server, use | |
| 3043 | |
| 3044 @example | |
| 3045 xhost + | |
| 3046 @end example | |
| 3047 | |
| 3048 @noindent | |
| 3049 at the shell prompt, which (on an HP machine, at least) produces the | |
| 3050 following message: | |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 @example | |
| 3053 access control disabled, clients can connect from any host | |
| 3054 @end example | |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 To deny all hosts access to your X server (except those explicitly | |
| 3057 allowed by name), use | |
| 3058 | |
| 3059 @example | |
| 3060 xhost - | |
| 3061 @end example | |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 On the test HP computer, this command generated the following message: | |
| 3064 | |
| 3065 @example | |
| 3066 access control enabled, only authorized clients can connect | |
| 3067 @end example | |
| 3068 | |
| 3069 @end itemize | |
| 3070 | |
| 103394 | 3071 @node Dired claims that no file is on this line |
| 84296 | 3072 @section Dired says, @samp{no file on this line} when I try to do something. |
| 3073 @cindex Dired does not see a file | |
| 3074 | |
| 3075 Dired uses a regular expression to find the beginning of a file name. | |
| 3076 In a long Unix-style directory listing (@samp{ls -l}), the file name | |
| 3077 starts after the date. The regexp has thus been written to look for the | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3078 date. By default, it should understand dates and times regardless of |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3079 the language, but if your directory listing has an unusual format, Dired |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3080 may get confused. |
| 84296 | 3081 |
| 3082 There are two approaches to solving this. The first one involves | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3083 setting things up so that @samp{ls -l} outputs a more standard format. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3084 See your OS manual for more information. |
| 84296 | 3085 |
| 3086 The second approach involves changing the regular expression used by | |
| 3087 dired, @code{directory-listing-before-filename-regexp}. | |
| 3088 | |
| 3089 @c ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 103394 | 3090 @node Compiling and installing Emacs |
| 84296 | 3091 @chapter Compiling and installing Emacs |
| 3092 @cindex Compiling and installing Emacs | |
| 3093 | |
| 3094 @menu | |
| 3095 * Installing Emacs:: | |
| 3096 * Problems building Emacs:: | |
| 3097 @end menu | |
| 3098 | |
| 103394 | 3099 @node Installing Emacs |
| 84296 | 3100 @section How do I install Emacs? |
| 3101 @cindex Installing Emacs | |
| 3102 @cindex Unix systems, installing Emacs on | |
| 3103 @cindex Downloading and installing Emacs | |
| 3104 @cindex Building Emacs from source | |
| 3105 @cindex Source code, building Emacs from | |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 This answer is meant for users of Unix and Unix-like systems. Users of | |
| 3108 other operating systems should see the series of questions beginning | |
| 3109 with @ref{Emacs for MS-DOS}, which describe where to get non-Unix source | |
| 3110 and binaries, and how to install Emacs on those systems. | |
| 3111 | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3112 Most GNU/Linux distributions provide pre-built Emacs packages. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3113 If Emacs is not installed already, you can install it by running (as |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3114 root) a command such as @samp{yum install emacs} (Red Hat and |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3115 derivatives) or @samp{apt-get install emacs} (Debian and derivatives). |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3116 |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3117 If you want to compile Emacs yourself, read the file @file{INSTALL} in |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3118 the source distribution. In brief: |
| 84296 | 3119 |
| 3120 @itemize @bullet | |
| 3121 | |
| 3122 @item | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3123 First download the Emacs sources. @xref{Current GNU distributions}, for |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3124 a list of ftp sites that make them available. On @file{ftp.gnu.org}, |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3125 the main GNU distribution site, sources are available as |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3126 |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3127 @c Don't include VER in the file name, because pretests are not there. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3128 @uref{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/emacs/emacs-VERSION.tar.gz} |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3129 |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3130 (Replace @samp{VERSION} with the relevant version number, e.g. @samp{23.1}.) |
| 84296 | 3131 |
| 3132 @item | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3133 Next uncompress and extract the source files. This requires |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3134 the @code{gzip} and @code{tar} programs, which are standard utilities. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3135 If your system does not have them, these can also be downloaded from |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3136 @file{ftp.gnu.org}. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3137 |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3138 GNU @code{tar} can uncompress and extract in a single-step: |
| 84296 | 3139 |
| 3140 @example | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3141 tar -zxvf emacs-VERSION.tar.gz |
| 84296 | 3142 @end example |
| 3143 | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3144 @item |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3145 At this point, the Emacs sources should be sitting in a directory called |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3146 @file{emacs-VERSION}. On most common Unix and Unix-like systems, |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3147 you should be able to compile Emacs with the following commands: |
| 84296 | 3148 |
| 3149 @example | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3150 cd emacs-VERSION |
| 84296 | 3151 ./configure # configure Emacs for your particular system |
| 3152 make # use Makefile to build components, then Emacs | |
| 3153 @end example | |
| 3154 | |
| 3155 If the @code{make} completes successfully, the odds are fairly good that | |
| 3156 the build has gone well. (@xref{Problems building Emacs}, if you weren't | |
| 3157 successful.) | |
| 3158 | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3159 @item |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3160 By default, Emacs is installed in @file{/usr/local}. To actually |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3161 install files, become the superuser and type |
| 84296 | 3162 |
| 3163 @example | |
| 3164 make install | |
| 3165 @end example | |
| 3166 | |
| 3167 Note that @samp{make install} will overwrite @file{/usr/local/bin/emacs} | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3168 and any Emacs Info files that might be in @file{/usr/local/share/info/}. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3169 |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3170 @end itemize |
| 84296 | 3171 |
| 103394 | 3172 @node Problems building Emacs |
| 84296 | 3173 @section What should I do if I have trouble building Emacs? |
| 3174 @cindex Problems building Emacs | |
| 3175 @cindex Errors when building Emacs | |
| 3176 | |
| 3177 First look in the file @file{etc/PROBLEMS} (where you unpack the Emacs | |
| 3178 source) to see if there is already a solution for your problem. Next, | |
| 3179 look for other questions in this FAQ that have to do with Emacs | |
| 3180 installation and compilation problems. | |
| 3181 | |
| 3182 If you'd like to have someone look at your problem and help solve it, | |
| 3183 see @ref{Help installing Emacs}. | |
| 3184 | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3185 If you cannot find a solution in the documentation, please report the |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3186 problem (@pxref{Reporting bugs}). |
| 84296 | 3187 |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 @c ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 103394 | 3190 @node Finding Emacs and related packages |
| 84296 | 3191 @chapter Finding Emacs and related packages |
| 3192 @cindex Finding Emacs and related packages | |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 @menu | |
| 3195 * Finding Emacs on the Internet:: | |
| 3196 * Finding a package with particular functionality:: | |
| 3197 * Packages that do not come with Emacs:: | |
| 3198 * Current GNU distributions:: | |
| 3199 * Difference between Emacs and XEmacs:: | |
|
102261
8931d7f39598
(Emacs for minimalists): New node. (Bug#2452)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
102059
diff
changeset
|
3200 * Emacs for minimalists:: |
| 84296 | 3201 * Emacs for MS-DOS:: |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3202 * Emacs for MS-Windows:: |
|
103384
1a60127fa212
(Viewing Info files outside of Emacs): Xinfo is no more.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103383
diff
changeset
|
3203 * Emacs for GNUstep:: |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3204 * Emacs for Mac OS X:: |
| 84296 | 3205 @end menu |
| 3206 | |
| 103394 | 3207 @node Finding Emacs on the Internet |
| 103446 | 3208 @section Where can I get Emacs on the net? |
| 84296 | 3209 @cindex Finding Emacs on the Internet |
| 103446 | 3210 @cindex Downloading Emacs |
| 84296 | 3211 |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3212 Information on downloading Emacs is available at |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3213 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/, the Emacs home-page}. |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3214 |
| 84296 | 3215 @xref{Installing Emacs}, for information on how to obtain and build the latest |
| 3216 version of Emacs, and see @ref{Current GNU distributions}, for a list of | |
| 3217 archive sites that make GNU software available. | |
| 3218 | |
| 103394 | 3219 @node Finding a package with particular functionality |
| 84296 | 3220 @section How do I find a Emacs Lisp package that does XXX? |
| 3221 @cindex Package, finding | |
| 3222 @cindex Finding an Emacs Lisp package | |
| 3223 @cindex Functionality, finding a particular package | |
| 3224 | |
| 3225 First of all, you should check to make sure that the package isn't | |
| 3226 already available. For example, typing @kbd{M-x apropos @key{RET} | |
| 3227 wordstar @key{RET}} lists all functions and variables containing the | |
| 3228 string @samp{wordstar}. | |
| 3229 | |
| 3230 It is also possible that the package is on your system, but has not been | |
| 3231 loaded. To see which packages are available for loading, look through | |
| 3232 your computer's lisp directory (@pxref{File-name conventions}). The Lisp | |
| 3233 source to most packages contains a short description of how they | |
| 3234 should be loaded, invoked, and configured---so before you use or | |
| 3235 modify a Lisp package, see if the author has provided any hints in the | |
| 3236 source code. | |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 The command @kbd{C-h p} (@code{finder-by-keyword}) allows you to browse | |
| 3239 the constituent Emacs packages. | |
| 3240 | |
| 3241 For advice on how to find extra packages that are not part of Emacs, | |
| 3242 see @ref{Packages that do not come with Emacs}. | |
| 3243 | |
| 103394 | 3244 @node Packages that do not come with Emacs |
| 84296 | 3245 @section Where can I get Emacs Lisp packages that don't come with Emacs? |
| 3246 @cindex Unbundled packages | |
| 3247 @cindex Finding other packages | |
| 3248 @cindex Lisp packages that do not come with Emacs | |
| 3249 @cindex Packages, those that do not come with Emacs | |
| 3250 @cindex Emacs Lisp List | |
| 3251 @cindex Emacs Lisp Archive | |
| 3252 | |
|
103384
1a60127fa212
(Viewing Info files outside of Emacs): Xinfo is no more.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103383
diff
changeset
|
3253 @uref{http://www.damtp.cam.ac.uk/user/sje30/emacs/ell.html, The Emacs Lisp |
|
1a60127fa212
(Viewing Info files outside of Emacs): Xinfo is no more.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103383
diff
changeset
|
3254 List (ELL)}, maintained by @email{S.J.Eglen@@damtp.cam.ac.uk, Stephen Eglen}, |
| 84296 | 3255 aims to provide one compact list with links to all of the current Emacs |
| 3256 Lisp files on the Internet. The ELL can be browsed over the web, or | |
|
103384
1a60127fa212
(Viewing Info files outside of Emacs): Xinfo is no more.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103383
diff
changeset
|
3257 from Emacs with @uref{http://www.damtp.cam.ac.uk/user/sje30/emacs/ell.el, |
| 84296 | 3258 the @file{ell} package}. |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 Many authors post their packages to the @uref{news:gnu.emacs.sources, | |
| 3261 Emacs sources newsgroup}. You can search the archives of this | |
| 3262 group with @uref{http://groups.google.com/group/gnu.emacs.sources, Google}, | |
| 3263 or @uref{http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.emacs.sources, Gmane}, for example. | |
| 3264 | |
| 3265 Several packages are stored in | |
| 3266 @uref{http://emacswiki.org/elisp/, the Lisp area of the Emacs Wiki}. | |
| 3267 | |
| 3268 Read the file @file{etc/MORE.STUFF} for more information about | |
| 3269 external packages. | |
| 3270 | |
| 103394 | 3271 @node Current GNU distributions |
| 84296 | 3272 @section Where can I get other up-to-date GNU stuff? |
| 3273 @cindex Current GNU distributions | |
| 3274 @cindex Sources for current GNU distributions | |
| 3275 @cindex Stuff, current GNU | |
| 3276 @cindex Up-to-date GNU stuff | |
| 3277 @cindex Finding current GNU software | |
| 3278 @cindex Official GNU software sites | |
| 3279 | |
| 3280 The most up-to-date official GNU software is normally kept at | |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 @uref{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu} | |
| 3283 | |
| 3284 A list of sites mirroring @samp{ftp.gnu.org} can be found at | |
| 3285 | |
| 3286 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html} | |
| 3287 | |
| 103394 | 3288 @node Difference between Emacs and XEmacs |
| 84296 | 3289 @section What is the difference between Emacs and XEmacs (formerly Lucid Emacs)? |
| 3290 @cindex XEmacs | |
| 3291 @cindex Difference Emacs and XEmacs | |
| 3292 @cindex Lucid Emacs | |
| 3293 @cindex Epoch | |
| 3294 | |
| 3295 XEmacs is a branch version of Emacs. It was first called Lucid Emacs, | |
| 3296 and was initially derived from a prerelease version of Emacs 19. In | |
| 3297 this FAQ, we use the name ``Emacs'' only for the official version. | |
| 3298 | |
| 3299 Emacs and XEmacs each come with Lisp packages that are lacking in the | |
| 3300 other. The two versions have some significant differences at the Lisp | |
| 3301 programming level. Their current features are roughly comparable, | |
| 3302 though the support for some operating systems, character sets and | |
| 3303 specific packages might be quite different. | |
| 3304 | |
| 3305 Some XEmacs code has been contributed to Emacs, and we would like to | |
| 3306 use other parts, but the earlier XEmacs maintainers did not always | |
| 3307 keep track of the authors of contributed code, which makes it | |
| 3308 impossible for the FSF to get copyright papers signed for that code. | |
| 3309 (The FSF requires these papers for all the code included in the Emacs | |
| 3310 release, aside from generic C support packages that retain their | |
| 3311 separate identity and are not integrated into the code of Emacs | |
| 3312 proper.) | |
| 3313 | |
| 3314 If you want to talk about these two versions and distinguish them, | |
| 3315 please call them ``Emacs'' and ``XEmacs.'' To contrast ``XEmacs'' | |
| 3316 with ``GNU Emacs'' would be misleading, since XEmacs too has its | |
| 3317 origin in the work of the GNU Project. Terms such as ``Emacsen'' and | |
| 3318 ``(X)Emacs'' are not wrong, but they are not very clear, so it | |
| 3319 is better to write ``Emacs and XEmacs.'' | |
| 3320 | |
| 103394 | 3321 @node Emacs for minimalists |
|
102261
8931d7f39598
(Emacs for minimalists): New node. (Bug#2452)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
102059
diff
changeset
|
3322 @section I don't have enough disk space to install Emacs |
|
8931d7f39598
(Emacs for minimalists): New node. (Bug#2452)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
102059
diff
changeset
|
3323 @cindex Zile |
|
8931d7f39598
(Emacs for minimalists): New node. (Bug#2452)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
102059
diff
changeset
|
3324 @cindex Not enough disk space to install Emacs |
|
8931d7f39598
(Emacs for minimalists): New node. (Bug#2452)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
102059
diff
changeset
|
3325 |
|
8931d7f39598
(Emacs for minimalists): New node. (Bug#2452)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
102059
diff
changeset
|
3326 GNU Zile is a lightweight Emacs clone. Zile is short for @samp{Zile Is |
|
8931d7f39598
(Emacs for minimalists): New node. (Bug#2452)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
102059
diff
changeset
|
3327 Lossy Emacs}. It has all of Emacs's basic editing features. The Zile |
|
8931d7f39598
(Emacs for minimalists): New node. (Bug#2452)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
102059
diff
changeset
|
3328 binary typically has a size of about 130 kbytes, so this can be useful |
|
8931d7f39598
(Emacs for minimalists): New node. (Bug#2452)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
102059
diff
changeset
|
3329 if you are in an extremely space-restricted environment. More |
|
8931d7f39598
(Emacs for minimalists): New node. (Bug#2452)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
102059
diff
changeset
|
3330 information is available from |
|
8931d7f39598
(Emacs for minimalists): New node. (Bug#2452)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
102059
diff
changeset
|
3331 |
|
8931d7f39598
(Emacs for minimalists): New node. (Bug#2452)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
102059
diff
changeset
|
3332 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/zile/} |
|
8931d7f39598
(Emacs for minimalists): New node. (Bug#2452)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
102059
diff
changeset
|
3333 |
|
8931d7f39598
(Emacs for minimalists): New node. (Bug#2452)
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
102059
diff
changeset
|
3334 |
| 103394 | 3335 @node Emacs for MS-DOS |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3336 @section Where can I get Emacs for MS-DOS? |
| 84296 | 3337 @cindex MS-DOS, Emacs for |
| 3338 @cindex DOS, Emacs for | |
| 3339 @cindex Compiling Emacs for DOS | |
| 3340 @cindex Emacs for MS-DOS | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3341 |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3342 To build Emacs from source for MS-DOS, see the instructions in the file |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3343 @file{msdos/INSTALL} in the distribution. The DOS port builds and runs |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3344 on plain DOS, and also on all versions of MS-Windows from version 3.X |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3345 onwards, including Windows XP and Vista. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3346 |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3347 The file @file{etc/PROBLEMS} contains some additional information |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3348 regarding Emacs under MS-DOS. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3349 |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3350 A pre-built binary distribution of the old Emacs 20 is available, as |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3351 described at |
| 84296 | 3352 |
| 3353 @uref{ftp://ftp.delorie.com/pub/djgpp/current/v2gnu/emacs.README} | |
| 3354 | |
| 3355 For a list of other MS-DOS implementations of Emacs (and Emacs | |
| 3356 look-alikes), consult the list of ``Emacs implementations and literature,'' | |
| 3357 available at | |
| 3358 | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3359 @uref{http://www.finseth.com/emacs.html} |
| 84296 | 3360 |
| 3361 Note that while many of these programs look similar to Emacs, they often | |
| 3362 lack certain features, such as the Emacs Lisp extension language. | |
| 3363 | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3364 @node Emacs for MS-Windows |
| 84296 | 3365 @section Where can I get Emacs for Microsoft Windows? |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3366 @cindex FAQ for Emacs on MS-Windows |
| 84296 | 3367 @cindex Emacs for MS-Windows |
| 3368 @cindex Microsoft Windows, Emacs for | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3369 |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3370 There is a @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/windows/ntemacs.html, |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3371 separate FAQ} for Emacs on MS-Windows. For MS-DOS, @pxref{Emacs for MS-DOS}. |
| 84296 | 3372 |
|
103384
1a60127fa212
(Viewing Info files outside of Emacs): Xinfo is no more.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103383
diff
changeset
|
3373 |
| 103394 | 3374 @node Emacs for GNUstep |
|
103384
1a60127fa212
(Viewing Info files outside of Emacs): Xinfo is no more.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103383
diff
changeset
|
3375 @section Where can I get Emacs for GNUstep? |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3376 @cindex GNUstep, Emacs for |
|
103384
1a60127fa212
(Viewing Info files outside of Emacs): Xinfo is no more.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103383
diff
changeset
|
3377 |
|
1a60127fa212
(Viewing Info files outside of Emacs): Xinfo is no more.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103383
diff
changeset
|
3378 Beginning with version 23.1, Emacs supports GNUstep natively. |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3379 See the file @file{nextstep/INSTALL} in the distribution. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3380 |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3381 @node Emacs for Mac OS X |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3382 @section Where can I get Emacs for Mac OS X? |
| 84296 | 3383 @cindex Apple computers, Emacs for |
| 3384 @cindex Macintosh, Emacs for | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3385 @cindex Mac OS X, Emacs for |
| 84296 | 3386 |
| 3387 Beginning with version 22.1, Emacs supports Mac OS X natively. | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3388 See the file @file{nextstep/INSTALL} in the distribution. |
| 84296 | 3389 |
| 3390 @c ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 103394 | 3391 @node Major packages and programs |
| 84296 | 3392 @chapter Major packages and programs |
| 3393 @cindex Major packages and programs | |
| 3394 | |
| 3395 @menu | |
| 3396 * VM:: | |
| 3397 * AUCTeX:: | |
| 3398 * BBDB:: | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3399 * Spell-checkers:: |
| 84296 | 3400 * Emacs/W3:: |
| 3401 * EDB:: | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3402 * JDEE:: |
| 84296 | 3403 @end menu |
| 3404 | |
| 103394 | 3405 @node VM |
| 84296 | 3406 @section VM (View Mail) --- another mail reader within Emacs, with MIME support |
| 3407 @cindex VM | |
| 3408 @cindex Alternative mail software | |
| 3409 @cindex View Mail | |
| 3410 @cindex E-mail reader, VM | |
| 3411 | |
| 3412 @table @b | |
| 3413 | |
|
95921
19f2346062f0
(Major packages and programs): Remove references to external
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
87903
diff
changeset
|
3414 @item Web site |
|
106262
99056f788a09
(Latest version of Emacs): Mention stability of development version.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
104626
diff
changeset
|
3415 @uref{http://launchpad.net/vm} |
|
99056f788a09
(Latest version of Emacs): Mention stability of development version.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
104626
diff
changeset
|
3416 (was @uref{http://www.nongnu.org/viewmail/}) |
| 84296 | 3417 |
| 3418 @item Informational newsgroup | |
| 3419 @uref{news:gnu.emacs.vm.info}@* | |
| 3420 | |
| 3421 @item Bug reports newsgroup | |
| 3422 @uref{news:gnu.emacs.vm.bug}@* | |
| 3423 @end table | |
| 3424 | |
|
95921
19f2346062f0
(Major packages and programs): Remove references to external
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
87903
diff
changeset
|
3425 VM was originally written by @uref{http://www.wonderworks.com/vm/,Kyle Jones}. |
|
19f2346062f0
(Major packages and programs): Remove references to external
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
87903
diff
changeset
|
3426 @uref{ftp://ftp.wonderworks.com/pub/vm/,Older versions} of VM remain |
|
19f2346062f0
(Major packages and programs): Remove references to external
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
87903
diff
changeset
|
3427 available. |
|
19f2346062f0
(Major packages and programs): Remove references to external
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
87903
diff
changeset
|
3428 |
|
19f2346062f0
(Major packages and programs): Remove references to external
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
87903
diff
changeset
|
3429 |
| 103394 | 3430 @node AUCTeX |
| 84296 | 3431 @section AUC@TeX{} --- enhanced @TeX{} modes with debugging facilities |
| 3432 @cindex Mode for @TeX{} | |
| 3433 @cindex @TeX{} mode | |
| 3434 @cindex AUC@TeX{} mode for editing @TeX{} | |
| 3435 @cindex Writing and debugging @TeX{} | |
| 3436 | |
| 3437 AUC@TeX{} is a set of sophisticated major modes for @TeX{}, LaTeX, | |
| 3438 ConTeXt, and Texinfo offering context-sensitive syntax highlighting, | |
| 3439 indentation, formatting and folding, macro completion, @TeX{} shell | |
| 3440 functionality, and debugging. Be also sure to check out | |
| 3441 @ref{Introduction, RefTeX, Introduction, reftex, Ref@TeX{} User Manual}. | |
| 3442 Current versions of AUC@TeX{} include the | |
|
95921
19f2346062f0
(Major packages and programs): Remove references to external
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
87903
diff
changeset
|
3443 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/preview-latex.html,preview-latex} |
| 84296 | 3444 package for WYSIWYG previews of various LaTeX constructs in the Emacs |
| 3445 source buffer. | |
| 3446 | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3447 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/, AUCTeX} |
| 84296 | 3448 |
| 103394 | 3449 @node BBDB |
| 84296 | 3450 @section BBDB --- personal Info Rolodex integrated with mail/news readers |
| 3451 @cindex BBDB | |
| 3452 @cindex Rolodex-like functionality | |
| 3453 @cindex Integrated contact database | |
| 3454 @cindex Contact database | |
| 3455 @cindex Big Brother Database | |
| 3456 @cindex Address book | |
| 3457 | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3458 @uref{http://bbdb.sourceforge.net/, The Insidious Big Brother Database} |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3459 |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3460 @node Spell-checkers |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3461 @section Spell-checkers |
| 84296 | 3462 @cindex Spell-checker |
| 3463 @cindex Checking spelling | |
| 3464 @cindex Ispell | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3465 @cindex Aspell |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3466 @cindex Hunspell |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3467 |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3468 Various spell-checkers are compatible with Emacs, including: |
| 84296 | 3469 |
| 3470 @table @b | |
| 3471 | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3472 @item GNU Aspell |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3473 @uref{http://aspell.net/} |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3474 |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3475 @item Ispell |
| 84296 | 3476 @uref{http://fmg-www.cs.ucla.edu/geoff/ispell.html} |
| 3477 | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3478 @item Hunspell |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3479 @uref{http://hunspell.sourceforge.net/} |
|
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3480 |
| 84296 | 3481 @end table |
| 3482 | |
| 103394 | 3483 @node Emacs/W3 |
| 84296 | 3484 @section Emacs/W3 --- A World Wide Web browser inside of Emacs |
| 3485 @cindex WWW browser | |
| 3486 @cindex Web browser | |
| 3487 @cindex HTML browser in Emacs | |
| 3488 @cindex @code{w3-mode} | |
| 3489 | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3490 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/w3/, Emacs/W3} |
| 84296 | 3491 |
| 103394 | 3492 @node EDB |
| 84296 | 3493 @section EDB --- Database program for Emacs; replaces forms editing modes |
| 3494 @cindex EDB | |
| 3495 @cindex Database | |
| 3496 @cindex Forms mode | |
| 3497 | |
| 103427 | 3498 @uref{http://gnuvola.org/software/edb/, The Emacs Database} |
| 84296 | 3499 |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3500 @node JDEE |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3501 @section JDEE --- Integrated development environment for Java |
| 84296 | 3502 @cindex Java development environment |
| 3503 @cindex Integrated Java development environment | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
3504 @cindex JDEE |
| 84296 | 3505 |
| 103427 | 3506 @uref{http://jdee.sourceforge.net/, A Java Development Environment for Emacs} |
| 84296 | 3507 |
| 3508 @c ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 103394 | 3509 @node Key bindings |
| 84296 | 3510 @chapter Key bindings |
| 3511 @cindex Key bindings | |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 @menu | |
| 3514 * Binding keys to commands:: | |
| 3515 * Invalid prefix characters:: | |
| 3516 * Terminal setup code works after Emacs has begun:: | |
| 3517 * Working with function and arrow keys:: | |
| 3518 * X key translations for Emacs:: | |
| 3519 * Backspace invokes help:: | |
| 3520 * Swapping keys:: | |
| 3521 * Producing C-XXX with the keyboard:: | |
| 3522 * No Meta key:: | |
| 3523 * No Escape key:: | |
| 3524 * Compose Character:: | |
| 3525 * Binding combinations of modifiers and function keys:: | |
| 3526 * Meta key does not work in xterm:: | |
| 3527 * ExtendChar key does not work as Meta:: | |
| 3528 * SPC no longer completes file names:: | |
| 3529 @end menu | |
| 3530 | |
| 103394 | 3531 @node Binding keys to commands |
| 84296 | 3532 @section How do I bind keys (including function keys) to commands? |
| 3533 @cindex Binding keys to commands | |
| 3534 @cindex Keys, binding to commands | |
| 3535 @cindex Commands, binding keys to | |
| 3536 | |
| 3537 Keys can be bound to commands either interactively or in your | |
| 3538 @file{.emacs} file. To interactively bind keys for all modes, type | |
| 3539 @kbd{M-x global-set-key @key{RET} @var{key} @var{cmd} @key{RET}}. | |
| 3540 | |
| 3541 To bind a key just in the current major mode, type @kbd{M-x | |
| 3542 local-set-key @key{RET} @var{key} @var{cmd} @key{RET}}. | |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 @inforef{Key Bindings, Key Bindings, emacs}, for further details. | |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 To make the process of binding keys interactively easier, use the | |
| 3547 following ``trick'': First bind the key interactively, then immediately | |
| 3548 type @kbd{C-x @key{ESC} @key{ESC} C-a C-k C-g}. Now, the command needed | |
| 3549 to bind the key is in the kill ring, and can be yanked into your | |
| 3550 @file{.emacs} file. If the key binding is global, no changes to the | |
| 3551 command are required. For example, | |
| 3552 | |
| 3553 @lisp | |
| 3554 (global-set-key (quote [f1]) (quote help-for-help)) | |
| 3555 @end lisp | |
| 3556 | |
| 3557 @noindent | |
| 3558 can be placed directly into the @file{.emacs} file. If the key binding is | |
| 3559 local, the command is used in conjunction with the @samp{add-hook} function. | |
| 3560 For example, in TeX mode, a local binding might be | |
| 3561 | |
| 3562 @lisp | |
| 3563 (add-hook 'tex-mode-hook | |
| 3564 (lambda () | |
| 3565 (local-set-key (quote [f1]) (quote help-for-help)))) | |
| 3566 @end lisp | |
| 3567 | |
| 3568 | |
| 3569 @itemize @bullet | |
| 3570 | |
| 3571 @item | |
| 3572 Control characters in key sequences, in the form yanked from the kill | |
| 3573 ring are given in their graphic form---i.e., @key{CTRL} is shown as | |
| 3574 @samp{^}, @key{TAB} as a set of spaces (usually 8), etc. You may want | |
| 3575 to convert these into their vector or string forms. | |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 @item | |
| 3578 If a prefix key of the character sequence to be bound is already | |
| 3579 bound as a complete key, then you must unbind it before the new | |
| 3580 binding. For example, if @kbd{ESC @{} is previously bound: | |
| 3581 | |
| 3582 @lisp | |
| 3583 (global-unset-key [?\e ?@{]) ;; or | |
| 3584 (local-unset-key [?\e ?@{]) | |
| 3585 @end lisp | |
| 3586 | |
| 3587 @item | |
| 3588 Aside from commands and ``lambda lists,'' a vector or string also | |
| 3589 can be bound to a key and thus treated as a macro. For example: | |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 @lisp | |
| 3592 (global-set-key [f10] [?\C-x?\e?\e?\C-a?\C-k?\C-g]) ;; or | |
| 3593 (global-set-key [f10] "\C-x\e\e\C-a\C-k\C-g") | |
| 3594 @end lisp | |
| 3595 | |
| 3596 @end itemize | |
| 3597 | |
| 103394 | 3598 @node Invalid prefix characters |
| 84296 | 3599 @section Why does Emacs say @samp{Key sequence XXX uses invalid prefix characters}? |
| 3600 @cindex Prefix characters, invalid | |
| 3601 @cindex Invalid prefix characters | |
| 3602 @cindex Misspecified key sequences | |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 Usually, one of two things has happened. In one case, the control | |
| 3605 character in the key sequence has been misspecified (e.g. @samp{C-f} | |
| 3606 used instead of @samp{\C-f} within a Lisp expression). In the other | |
| 3607 case, a @dfn{prefix key} in the keystroke sequence you were trying to bind | |
| 3608 was already bound as a @dfn{complete key}. Historically, the @samp{ESC [} | |
| 3609 prefix was usually the problem, in which case you should evaluate either | |
| 3610 of these forms before attempting to bind the key sequence: | |
| 3611 | |
| 3612 @lisp | |
| 3613 (global-unset-key [?\e ?[]) ;; or | |
| 3614 (global-unset-key "\e[") | |
| 3615 @end lisp | |
| 3616 | |
| 103394 | 3617 @node Terminal setup code works after Emacs has begun |
| 84296 | 3618 @section Why doesn't this [terminal or window-system setup] code work in my @file{.emacs} file, but it works just fine after Emacs starts up? |
| 3619 @cindex Terminal setup code in @file{.emacs} | |
| 3620 | |
| 3621 During startup, Emacs initializes itself according to a given code/file | |
| 3622 order. If some of the code executed in your @file{.emacs} file needs to | |
| 3623 be postponed until the initial terminal or window-system setup code has | |
| 3624 been executed but is not, then you will experience this problem (this | |
| 3625 code/file execution order is not enforced after startup). | |
| 3626 | |
| 3627 To postpone the execution of Emacs Lisp code until after terminal or | |
| 3628 window-system setup, treat the code as a @dfn{lambda list} and set the | |
| 3629 value of either the @code{term-setup-hook} or @code{window-setup-hook} | |
| 3630 variable to this lambda function. For example, | |
| 3631 | |
| 3632 @lisp | |
| 3633 (add-hook 'term-setup-hook | |
| 3634 (lambda () | |
| 3635 (when (string-match "\\`vt220" (or (getenv "TERM") "")) | |
| 3636 ;; Make vt220's "Do" key behave like M-x: | |
| 3637 (global-set-key [do] 'execute-extended-command)))) | |
| 3638 @end lisp | |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 For information on what Emacs does every time it is started, see the | |
| 3641 @file{lisp/startup.el} file. | |
| 3642 | |
| 103394 | 3643 @node Working with function and arrow keys |
| 84296 | 3644 @section How do I tell what characters or symbols my function or arrow keys emit? |
| 3645 @cindex Working with arrow keys | |
| 3646 @cindex Arrow keys, symbols generated by | |
| 3647 @cindex Working with function keys | |
| 3648 @cindex Function keys, symbols generated by | |
| 3649 @cindex Symbols generated by function keys | |
| 3650 | |
| 3651 Type @kbd{C-h c} then the function or arrow keys. The command will | |
| 3652 return either a function key symbol or character sequence (see the | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3653 Emacs documentation for an explanation). This works for other |
| 84296 | 3654 keys as well. |
| 3655 | |
| 103394 | 3656 @node X key translations for Emacs |
| 84296 | 3657 @section How do I set the X key ``translations'' for Emacs? |
| 3658 @cindex X key translations | |
| 3659 @cindex Key translations under X | |
| 3660 @cindex Translations for keys under X | |
| 3661 | |
| 3662 Emacs is not written using the Xt library by default, so there are no | |
| 3663 ``translations'' to be set. (We aren't sure how to set such translations | |
| 3664 if you do build Emacs with Xt; please let us know if you've done this!) | |
| 3665 | |
| 3666 The only way to affect the behavior of keys within Emacs is through | |
| 3667 @code{xmodmap} (outside Emacs) or @code{define-key} (inside Emacs). The | |
| 3668 @code{define-key} command should be used in conjunction with the | |
| 3669 @code{function-key-map} map. For instance, | |
| 3670 | |
| 3671 @lisp | |
| 3672 (define-key function-key-map [M-@key{TAB}] [?\M-\t]) | |
| 3673 @end lisp | |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 @noindent | |
| 3676 defines the @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} key sequence. | |
| 3677 | |
| 103394 | 3678 @node Backspace invokes help |
| 84296 | 3679 @section Why does the @key{Backspace} key invoke help? |
| 3680 @cindex Backspace key invokes help | |
| 3681 @cindex Help invoked by Backspace | |
| 3682 @cindex DEL key does not delete | |
| 3683 | |
| 3684 The @key{Backspace} key (on most keyboards) generates @acronym{ASCII} code 8. | |
| 3685 @kbd{C-h} sends the same code. In Emacs by default @kbd{C-h} invokes | |
| 3686 help-command. This is intended to be easy to remember since the first | |
| 3687 letter of @samp{help} is @samp{h}. The easiest solution to this problem | |
| 3688 is to use @kbd{C-h} (and @key{Backspace}) for help and @key{DEL} (the | |
| 3689 @key{Delete} key) for deleting the previous character. | |
| 3690 | |
| 3691 For many people this solution may be problematic: | |
| 3692 | |
| 3693 @itemize @bullet | |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 @item | |
| 3696 They normally use @key{Backspace} outside of Emacs for deleting the | |
| 3697 previous character. This can be solved by making @key{DEL} the command | |
| 3698 for deleting the previous character outside of Emacs. On many Unix | |
| 3699 systems, this command will remap @key{DEL}: | |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 @example | |
| 3702 stty erase `^?' | |
| 3703 @end example | |
| 3704 | |
| 3705 @item | |
| 3706 The user may prefer the @key{Backspace} key for deleting the | |
| 3707 previous character because it is more conveniently located on their | |
| 3708 keyboard or because they don't even have a separate @key{Delete} key. | |
| 3709 In this case, the @key{Backspace} key should be made to behave like | |
| 3710 @key{Delete}. There are several methods. | |
| 3711 | |
| 3712 @itemize @minus | |
| 3713 @item | |
| 3714 Some terminals (e.g., VT3## terminals) and terminal emulators (e.g., | |
| 3715 TeraTerm) allow the character generated by the @key{Backspace} key to be | |
| 3716 changed from a setup menu. | |
| 3717 | |
| 3718 @item | |
| 3719 You may be able to get a keyboard that is completely programmable, or a | |
| 3720 terminal emulator that supports remapping of any key to any other key. | |
| 3721 | |
| 3722 @item | |
| 3723 With Emacs 21.1 and later, you can control the effect of the | |
| 3724 @key{Backspace} and @key{Delete} keys, on both dumb terminals and a | |
| 3725 windowed displays, by customizing the option | |
| 3726 @code{normal-erase-is-backspace-mode}, or by invoking @kbd{M-x | |
| 3727 normal-erase-is-backspace}. See the documentation of these symbols | |
| 3728 (@pxref{Emacs Lisp documentation}) for more info. | |
| 3729 | |
| 3730 @item | |
| 3731 It is possible to swap the @key{Backspace} and @key{DEL} keys inside | |
| 3732 Emacs: | |
| 3733 | |
| 3734 @lisp | |
| 3735 (keyboard-translate ?\C-h ?\C-?) | |
| 3736 @end lisp | |
| 3737 | |
| 3738 @noindent | |
| 3739 This is the recommended method of forcing @key{Backspace} to act as | |
| 3740 @key{DEL}, because it works even in modes which bind @key{DEL} to | |
| 3741 something other than @code{delete-backward-char}. | |
| 3742 | |
| 3743 Similarly, you could remap @key{DEL} to act as @kbd{C-d}, which by | |
| 3744 default deletes forward: | |
| 3745 | |
| 3746 @lisp | |
| 3747 (keyboard-translate ?\C-? ?\C-d) | |
| 3748 @end lisp | |
| 3749 | |
| 3750 @xref{Swapping keys}, for further details about @code{keyboard-translate}. | |
| 3751 | |
| 3752 @item | |
| 3753 Another approach is to switch key bindings and put help on @kbd{C-x h} | |
| 3754 instead: | |
| 3755 | |
| 3756 @lisp | |
| 3757 (global-set-key "\C-h" 'delete-backward-char) | |
| 3758 | |
| 3759 ;; overrides mark-whole-buffer | |
| 3760 (global-set-key "\C-xh" 'help-command) | |
| 3761 @end lisp | |
| 3762 | |
| 3763 @noindent | |
| 3764 This method is not recommended, though: it only solves the problem for | |
| 3765 those modes which bind @key{DEL} to @code{delete-backward-char}. Modes | |
| 3766 which bind @key{DEL} to something else, such as @code{view-mode}, will | |
| 3767 not work as you expect when you press the @key{Backspace} key. For this | |
| 3768 reason, we recommend the @code{keyboard-translate} method, shown | |
| 3769 above. | |
| 3770 | |
| 3771 Other popular key bindings for help are @kbd{M-?} and @kbd{C-x ?}. | |
| 3772 @end itemize | |
| 3773 | |
| 3774 Don't try to bind @key{DEL} to @code{help-command}, because there are | |
| 3775 many modes that have local bindings of @key{DEL} that will interfere. | |
| 3776 | |
| 3777 @end itemize | |
| 3778 | |
| 3779 When Emacs 21 or later runs on a windowed display, it binds the | |
| 3780 @key{Delete} key to a command which deletes the character at point, to | |
| 3781 make Emacs more consistent with keyboard operation on these systems. | |
| 3782 | |
| 3783 For more information about troubleshooting this problem, see @ref{DEL | |
| 3784 Does Not Delete, , If @key{DEL} Fails to Delete, emacs, The GNU Emacs | |
| 3785 Manual}. | |
| 3786 | |
| 103394 | 3787 @node Swapping keys |
| 84296 | 3788 @section How do I swap two keys? |
| 3789 @cindex Swapping keys | |
| 3790 @cindex Keys, swapping | |
| 3791 @cindex @code{keyboard-translate} | |
| 3792 | |
| 3793 You can swap two keys (or key sequences) by using the | |
| 3794 @code{keyboard-translate} function. For example, to turn @kbd{C-h} | |
| 3795 into @key{DEL} and @key{DEL} to @kbd{C-h}, use | |
| 3796 | |
| 3797 @lisp | |
| 3798 (keyboard-translate ?\C-h ?\C-?) ; translate `C-h' to DEL | |
| 3799 (keyboard-translate ?\C-? ?\C-h) ; translate DEL to `C-h'. | |
| 3800 @end lisp | |
| 3801 | |
| 3802 @noindent | |
| 3803 The first key sequence of the pair after the function identifies what is | |
| 3804 produced by the keyboard; the second, what is matched for in the | |
| 3805 keymaps. | |
| 3806 | |
| 3807 However, in the specific case of @kbd{C-h} and @key{DEL}, you should | |
| 3808 toggle @code{normal-erase-is-backspace-mode} instead of calling | |
| 3809 @code{keyboard-translate}. @inforef{DEL Does Not Delete, DEL Does Not Delete, | |
| 3810 emacs}. | |
| 3811 | |
| 3812 Keyboard translations are not the same as key bindings in keymaps. | |
| 3813 Emacs contains numerous keymaps that apply in different situations, but | |
| 3814 there is only one set of keyboard translations, and it applies to every | |
| 3815 character that Emacs reads from the terminal. Keyboard translations | |
| 3816 take place at the lowest level of input processing; the keys that are | |
| 3817 looked up in keymaps contain the characters that result from keyboard | |
| 3818 translation. | |
| 3819 | |
| 103394 | 3820 @node Producing C-XXX with the keyboard |
| 84296 | 3821 @section How do I produce C-XXX with my keyboard? |
| 3822 @cindex Producing control characters | |
| 3823 @cindex Generating control characters | |
| 3824 @cindex Control characters, generating | |
| 3825 | |
| 3826 On terminals (but not under X), some common ``aliases'' are: | |
| 3827 | |
| 3828 @table @asis | |
| 3829 | |
| 3830 @item @kbd{C-2} or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} | |
| 3831 @kbd{C-@@} | |
| 3832 | |
| 3833 @item @kbd{C-6} | |
| 3834 @kbd{C-^} | |
| 3835 | |
| 3836 @item @kbd{C-7} or @kbd{C-S--} | |
| 3837 @kbd{C-_} | |
| 3838 | |
| 3839 @item @kbd{C-4} | |
| 3840 @kbd{C-\} | |
| 3841 | |
| 3842 @item @kbd{C-5} | |
| 3843 @kbd{C-]} | |
| 3844 | |
| 3845 @item @kbd{C-/} | |
| 3846 @kbd{C-?} | |
| 3847 | |
| 3848 @end table | |
| 3849 | |
| 3850 Often other aliases exist; use the @kbd{C-h c} command and try | |
| 3851 @key{CTRL} with all of the digits on your keyboard to see what gets | |
| 3852 generated. You can also try the @kbd{C-h w} command if you know the | |
| 3853 name of the command. | |
| 3854 | |
| 103394 | 3855 @node No Meta key |
| 84296 | 3856 @section What if I don't have a @key{Meta} key? |
| 3857 @cindex No @key{Meta} key | |
| 3858 @cindex @key{Meta} key, what to do if you lack it | |
| 3859 | |
| 3860 On many keyboards, the @key{Alt} key acts as @key{Meta}, so try it. | |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 Instead of typing @kbd{M-a}, you can type @kbd{@key{ESC} a}. In fact, | |
| 3863 Emacs converts @kbd{M-a} internally into @kbd{@key{ESC} a} anyway | |
| 3864 (depending on the value of @code{meta-prefix-char}). Note that you | |
| 3865 press @key{Meta} and @key{a} together, but with @key{ESC}, you press | |
| 3866 @key{ESC}, release it, and then press @key{a}. | |
| 3867 | |
| 103394 | 3868 @node No Escape key |
| 84296 | 3869 @section What if I don't have an @key{Escape} key? |
| 3870 @cindex No Escape key | |
| 3871 @cindex Lacking an Escape key | |
| 3872 @cindex Escape key, lacking | |
| 3873 | |
| 3874 Type @kbd{C-[} instead. This should send @acronym{ASCII} code 27 just like an | |
| 3875 Escape key would. @kbd{C-3} may also work on some terminal (but not | |
| 3876 under X). For many terminals (notably DEC terminals) @key{F11} | |
| 3877 generates @key{ESC}. If not, the following form can be used to bind it: | |
| 3878 | |
| 3879 @lisp | |
| 3880 ;; F11 is the documented ESC replacement on DEC terminals. | |
| 3881 (define-key function-key-map [f11] [?\e]) | |
| 3882 @end lisp | |
| 3883 | |
| 103394 | 3884 @node Compose Character |
| 84296 | 3885 @section Can I make my @key{Compose Character} key behave like a @key{Meta} key? |
| 3886 @cindex @key{Compose Character} key, using as @key{Meta} | |
| 3887 @cindex @key{Meta}, using @key{Compose Character} for | |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 On a dumb terminal such as a VT220, no. It is rumored that certain | |
| 3890 VT220 clones could have their @key{Compose} key configured this way. If | |
| 3891 you're using X, you might be able to do this with the @code{xmodmap} | |
| 3892 command. | |
| 3893 | |
| 103394 | 3894 @node Binding combinations of modifiers and function keys |
| 84296 | 3895 @section How do I bind a combination of modifier key and function key? |
| 3896 @cindex Modifiers and function keys | |
| 3897 @cindex Function keys and modifiers | |
| 3898 @cindex Binding modifiers and function keys | |
| 3899 | |
| 3900 With Emacs 19 and later, you can represent modified function keys in | |
| 3901 vector format by adding prefixes to the function key symbol. For | |
|
103406
2a3d145eef1e
Remove the term "on-line" (meaning "Info") throughout, since
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103394
diff
changeset
|
3902 example (from the Emacs documentation): |
| 84296 | 3903 |
| 3904 @lisp | |
| 3905 (global-set-key [?\C-x right] 'forward-page) | |
| 3906 @end lisp | |
| 3907 | |
| 3908 @noindent | |
| 3909 where @samp{?\C-x} is the Lisp character constant for the character @kbd{C-x}. | |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 You can use the modifier keys @key{Control}, @key{Meta}, @key{Hyper}, | |
| 3912 @key{Super}, @key{Alt}, and @key{Shift} with function keys. To | |
| 3913 represent these modifiers, prepend the strings @samp{C-}, @samp{M-}, | |
| 3914 @samp{H-}, @samp{s-}, @samp{A-}, and @samp{S-} to the symbol name. Here | |
| 3915 is how to make @kbd{H-M-RIGHT} move forward a word: | |
| 3916 | |
| 3917 @lisp | |
| 3918 (global-set-key [H-M-right] 'forward-word) | |
| 3919 @end lisp | |
| 3920 | |
| 3921 @itemize @bullet | |
| 3922 | |
| 3923 @item | |
| 3924 Not all modifiers are permitted in all situations. @key{Hyper}, | |
| 3925 @key{Super}, and @key{Alt} are not available on Unix character | |
| 3926 terminals. Non-@acronym{ASCII} keys and mouse events (e.g. @kbd{C-=} and | |
| 3927 @kbd{Mouse-1}) also fall under this category. | |
| 3928 | |
| 3929 @end itemize | |
| 3930 | |
| 3931 @xref{Binding keys to commands}, for general key binding instructions. | |
| 3932 | |
| 103394 | 3933 @node Meta key does not work in xterm |
| 84296 | 3934 @section Why doesn't my @key{Meta} key work in an @code{xterm} window? |
| 3935 @cindex @key{Meta} key and @code{xterm} | |
| 3936 @cindex Xterm and @key{Meta} key | |
| 3937 | |
| 3938 @inforef{Unibyte Mode, Single-Byte Character Set Support, emacs}. | |
| 3939 | |
| 3940 If the advice in the Emacs manual fails, try all of these methods before | |
| 3941 asking for further help: | |
| 3942 | |
| 3943 @itemize @bullet | |
| 3944 | |
| 3945 @item | |
| 3946 You may have big problems using @code{mwm} as your window manager. | |
| 3947 (Does anyone know a good generic solution to allow the use of the | |
| 3948 @key{Meta} key in Emacs with @file{mwm}?) | |
| 3949 | |
| 3950 @item | |
| 3951 For X11: Make sure it really is a @key{Meta} key. Use @code{xev} to | |
| 3952 find out what keysym your @key{Meta} key generates. It should be either | |
| 3953 @code{Meta_L} or @code{Meta_R}. If it isn't, use @file{xmodmap} to fix | |
| 3954 the situation. If @key{Meta} does generate @code{Meta_L} or | |
| 3955 @code{Meta_R}, but @kbd{M-x} produces a non-@acronym{ASCII} character, put this in | |
| 3956 your @file{~/.Xdefaults} file: | |
| 3957 | |
| 3958 @example | |
| 3959 XTerm*eightBitInput: false | |
| 3960 XTerm*eightBitOutput: true | |
| 3961 @end example | |
| 3962 | |
| 3963 @item | |
| 3964 Make sure the @code{pty} the @code{xterm} is using is passing 8 bit | |
| 3965 characters. @samp{stty -a} (or @samp{stty everything}) should show | |
| 3966 @samp{cs8} somewhere. If it shows @samp{cs7} instead, use @samp{stty | |
| 3967 cs8 -istrip} (or @samp{stty pass8}) to fix it. | |
| 3968 | |
| 3969 @item | |
| 3970 If there is an @code{rlogin} connection between @code{xterm} and Emacs, the | |
| 3971 @samp{-8} argument may need to be given to rlogin to make it pass all 8 bits | |
| 3972 of every character. | |
| 3973 | |
| 3974 @item | |
| 3975 If Emacs is running on Ultrix, it is reported that evaluating | |
| 3976 @code{(set-input-mode t nil)} helps. | |
| 3977 | |
| 3978 @item | |
| 3979 If all else fails, you can make @code{xterm} generate @kbd{@key{ESC} W} when | |
| 3980 you type @kbd{M-W}, which is the same conversion Emacs would make if it | |
| 3981 got the @kbd{M-W} anyway. In X11R4, the following resource | |
| 3982 specification will do this: | |
| 3983 | |
| 3984 @example | |
| 3985 XTerm.VT100.EightBitInput: false | |
| 3986 @end example | |
| 3987 | |
| 3988 @noindent | |
| 3989 (This changes the behavior of the @code{insert-eight-bit} action.) | |
| 3990 | |
| 3991 With older @code{xterm}s, you can specify this behavior with a translation: | |
| 3992 | |
| 3993 @example | |
| 3994 XTerm.VT100.Translations: #override \ | |
| 3995 Meta<KeyPress>: string(0x1b) insert() | |
| 3996 @end example | |
| 3997 | |
| 3998 @noindent | |
| 3999 You might have to replace @samp{Meta} with @samp{Alt}. | |
| 4000 | |
| 4001 @end itemize | |
| 4002 | |
| 103394 | 4003 @node ExtendChar key does not work as Meta |
| 84296 | 4004 @section Why doesn't my @key{ExtendChar} key work as a @key{Meta} key under HP-UX 8.0 and 9.x? |
| 4005 @cindex @key{ExtendChar} key as @key{Meta} | |
| 4006 @cindex @key{Meta}, using @key{ExtendChar} for | |
| 4007 @cindex HP-UX, the @key{ExtendChar} key | |
| 4008 | |
| 4009 This is a result of an internationalization extension in X11R4 and the | |
| 4010 fact that HP is now using this extension. Emacs assumes that the | |
| 4011 @code{XLookupString} function returns the same result regardless of the | |
| 4012 @key{Meta} key state which is no longer necessarily true. Until Emacs | |
| 4013 is fixed, the temporary kludge is to run this command after each time | |
| 4014 the X server is started but preferably before any xterm clients are: | |
| 4015 | |
| 4016 @example | |
| 4017 xmodmap -e 'remove mod1 = Mode_switch' | |
| 4018 @end example | |
| 4019 | |
| 4020 @c FIXME: Emacs 21 supports I18N in X11; does that mean that this bug is | |
| 4021 @c solved? | |
| 4022 | |
| 4023 This will disable the use of the extra keysyms systemwide, which may be | |
| 4024 undesirable if you actually intend to use them. | |
| 4025 | |
| 103394 | 4026 @node SPC no longer completes file names |
| 84296 | 4027 @section Why doesn't SPC complete file names anymore? |
| 4028 @cindex @kbd{SPC} file name completion | |
| 4029 | |
| 4030 Starting with Emacs 22.1, @kbd{SPC} no longer completes file names in | |
| 4031 the minibuffer, so that file names with embedded spaces could be typed | |
| 4032 without the need to quote the spaces. | |
| 4033 | |
| 4034 You can get the old behavior by binding @kbd{SPC} to | |
| 4035 @code{minibuffer-complete-word} in the minibuffer, as follows: | |
| 4036 | |
| 4037 @lisp | |
| 4038 (define-key minibuffer-local-filename-completion-map (kbd "SPC") | |
| 4039 'minibuffer-complete-word) | |
| 4040 | |
| 4041 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-filename-map (kbd "SPC") | |
| 4042 'minibuffer-complete-word) | |
| 4043 @end lisp | |
| 4044 | |
| 4045 @c ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 103394 | 4046 @node Alternate character sets |
| 84296 | 4047 @chapter Alternate character sets |
| 4048 @cindex Alternate character sets | |
| 4049 | |
| 4050 @menu | |
| 4051 * Emacs does not display 8-bit characters:: | |
| 4052 * Inputting eight-bit characters:: | |
| 4053 * Right-to-left alphabets:: | |
| 4054 * How to add fonts:: | |
| 4055 @end menu | |
| 4056 | |
| 103394 | 4057 @node Emacs does not display 8-bit characters |
| 84296 | 4058 @section How do I make Emacs display 8-bit characters? |
| 4059 @cindex Displaying eight-bit characters | |
| 4060 @cindex Eight-bit characters, displaying | |
| 4061 | |
| 4062 @inforef{Unibyte Mode, Single-byte Character Set | |
| 4063 Support, emacs}. On a Unix, when Emacs runs on a text-only terminal | |
| 4064 display or is invoked with @samp{emacs -nw}, you typically need to use | |
| 4065 @code{set-terminal-coding-system} to tell Emacs what the terminal can | |
| 4066 display, even after setting the language environment; otherwise | |
| 4067 non-@acronym{ASCII} characters will display as @samp{?}. On other operating | |
| 4068 systems, such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, Emacs queries the OS about the | |
| 4069 character set supported by the display, and sets up the required | |
| 4070 terminal coding system automatically. | |
| 4071 | |
| 103394 | 4072 @node Inputting eight-bit characters |
| 84296 | 4073 @section How do I input eight-bit characters? |
| 4074 @cindex Entering eight-bit characters | |
| 4075 @cindex Eight-bit characters, entering | |
| 4076 @cindex Input, 8-bit characters | |
| 4077 | |
| 4078 Various methods are available for input of eight-bit characters. See | |
| 4079 @inforef{Unibyte Mode, Single-byte Character Set | |
| 4080 Support, emacs}. For more sophisticated methods, @inforef{Input | |
| 4081 Methods, Input Methods, emacs}. | |
| 4082 | |
| 103394 | 4083 @node Right-to-left alphabets |
| 84296 | 4084 @section Where is an Emacs that can handle Semitic (right-to-left) alphabets? |
| 4085 @cindex Right-to-left alphabets | |
| 4086 @cindex Hebrew, handling with Emacs | |
| 4087 @cindex Semitic alphabets | |
| 4088 @cindex Arabic alphabets | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4089 @cindex Bidirectional text |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4090 |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4091 Emacs supports Hebrew characters (ISO 8859-8) since version 20, but does |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4092 not yet support right-to-left character entry and display. The |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4093 @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/emacs-bidi, emacs-bidi |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4094 mailing list} discusses development of support for this feature. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4095 |
| 84296 | 4096 |
| 103394 | 4097 @node How to add fonts |
| 84296 | 4098 @section How do I add fonts for use with Emacs? |
| 4099 @cindex add fonts for use with Emacs | |
| 4100 @cindex intlfonts | |
| 4101 | |
| 4102 First, download and install the BDF font files and any auxiliary | |
| 4103 packages they need. The GNU Intlfonts distribution can be found on | |
| 4104 @uref{http://directory.fsf.org/localization/intlfonts.html, the GNU | |
| 4105 Software Directory Web site}. | |
| 4106 | |
| 4107 Next, if you are on X Window system, issue the following two commands | |
| 4108 from the shell's prompt: | |
| 4109 | |
| 4110 @example | |
| 4111 xset +fp /usr/local/share/emacs/fonts | |
| 4112 xset fp rehash | |
| 4113 @end example | |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 @noindent | |
| 4116 (Modify the first command if you installed the fonts in a directory | |
| 4117 that is not @file{/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts}.) You also need to | |
| 4118 arrange for these two commands to run whenever you log in, e.g., by | |
| 4119 adding them to your window-system startup file, such as | |
| 4120 @file{~/.xsessionrc} or @file{~/.gnomerc}. | |
| 4121 | |
| 4122 Now, add the following line to your @file{~/.emacs} init file: | |
| 4123 | |
| 4124 @lisp | |
| 4125 (add-to-list 'bdf-directory-list "/usr/share/emacs/fonts/bdf") | |
| 4126 @end lisp | |
| 4127 | |
| 4128 @noindent | |
| 4129 (Again, modify the file name if you installed the fonts elsewhere.) | |
| 4130 | |
| 4131 Finally, if you wish to use the installed fonts with @code{ps-print}, | |
| 4132 add the following line to your @file{~/.emacs}: | |
| 4133 | |
| 4134 @lisp | |
| 4135 (setq ps-multibyte-buffer 'bdf-font-except-latin) | |
| 4136 @end lisp | |
| 4137 | |
| 4138 A few additional steps are necessary for MS-Windows; they are listed | |
| 4139 below. | |
| 4140 | |
| 4141 First, make sure @emph{all} the directories with BDF font files are | |
| 4142 mentioned in @code{bdf-directory-list}. On Unix and GNU/Linux | |
| 4143 systems, one normally runs @kbd{make install} to install the BDF fonts | |
| 4144 in the same directory. By contrast, Windows users typically don't run | |
| 4145 the Intlfonts installation command, but unpack the distribution in | |
| 4146 some directory, which leaves the BDF fonts in its subdirectories. For | |
| 4147 example, assume that you unpacked Intlfonts in @file{C:/Intlfonts}; | |
| 4148 then you should set @code{bdf-directory-list} as follows: | |
| 4149 | |
| 4150 @lisp | |
| 4151 (setq bdf-directory-list | |
| 4152 '("C:/Intlfonts/Asian" | |
| 4153 "C:/Intlfonts/Chinese" "C:/Intlfonts/Chinese.X" | |
| 4154 "C:/Intlfonts/Chinese.BIG" "C:/Intlfonts/Ethiopic" | |
| 4155 "C:/Intlfonts/European" "C:/Intlfonts/European.BIG" | |
| 4156 "C:/Intlfonts/Japanese" "C:/Intlfonts/Japanese.X" | |
| 4157 "C:/Intlfonts/Japanese.BIG" "C:/Intlfonts/Korean.X" | |
| 4158 "C:/Intlfonts/Misc")) | |
| 4159 @end lisp | |
| 4160 | |
| 4161 @cindex @code{w32-bdf-filename-alist} | |
| 4162 @cindex @code{w32-find-bdf-fonts} | |
| 4163 Next, you need to set up the variable @code{w32-bdf-filename-alist} to | |
| 4164 an alist of the BDF fonts and their corresponding file names. | |
| 4165 Assuming you have set @code{bdf-directory-list} to name all the | |
| 4166 directories with the BDF font files, the following Lisp snippet will | |
| 4167 set up @code{w32-bdf-filename-alist}: | |
| 4168 | |
| 4169 @lisp | |
| 4170 (setq w32-bdf-filename-alist | |
| 4171 (w32-find-bdf-fonts bdf-directory-list)) | |
| 4172 @end lisp | |
| 4173 | |
| 4174 Now, create fontsets for the BDF fonts: | |
| 4175 | |
| 4176 @lisp | |
| 4177 (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec | |
| 4178 "-*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-16-*-*-*-c-*-fontset-bdf, | |
| 4179 japanese-jisx0208:-*-*-medium-r-normal-*-16-*-*-*-c-*-jisx0208.1983-*, | |
| 4180 katakana-jisx0201:-*-*-medium-r-normal-*-16-*-*-*-c-*-jisx0201*-*, | |
| 4181 latin-jisx0201:-*-*-medium-r-normal-*-16-*-*-*-c-*-jisx0201*-*, | |
| 4182 japanese-jisx0208-1978:-*-*-medium-r-normal-*-16-*-*-*-c-*-jisx0208.1978-*, | |
| 4183 thai-tis620:-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-160-72-72-m-80-tis620.2529-1, | |
| 4184 lao:-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-160-72-72-m-80-MuleLao-1, | |
| 4185 tibetan-1-column:-TibMdXA-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-160-72-72-m-80-MuleTibetan-1, | |
| 4186 ethiopic:-Admas-Ethiomx16f-Medium-R-Normal--16-150-100-100-M-160-Ethiopic-Unicode, | |
| 4187 tibetan:-TibMdXA-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-160-72-72-m-160-MuleTibetan-0") | |
| 4188 @end lisp | |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 Many of the international bdf fonts from Intlfonts are type 0, and | |
| 4191 therefore need to be added to font-encoding-alist: | |
| 4192 | |
| 4193 @lisp | |
| 4194 (setq font-encoding-alist | |
| 4195 (append '(("MuleTibetan-0" (tibetan . 0)) | |
| 4196 ("GB2312" (chinese-gb2312 . 0)) | |
| 4197 ("JISX0208" (japanese-jisx0208 . 0)) | |
| 4198 ("JISX0212" (japanese-jisx0212 . 0)) | |
| 4199 ("VISCII" (vietnamese-viscii-lower . 0)) | |
| 4200 ("KSC5601" (korean-ksc5601 . 0)) | |
| 4201 ("MuleArabic-0" (arabic-digit . 0)) | |
| 4202 ("MuleArabic-1" (arabic-1-column . 0)) | |
| 4203 ("MuleArabic-2" (arabic-2-column . 0))) | |
| 4204 font-encoding-alist)) | |
| 4205 @end lisp | |
| 4206 | |
| 4207 You can now use the Emacs font menu to select the @samp{bdf: 16-dot medium} | |
| 4208 fontset, or you can select it by setting the default font in your | |
| 4209 @file{~/.emacs}: | |
| 4210 | |
| 4211 @lisp | |
| 4212 (set-default-font "fontset-bdf") | |
| 4213 @end lisp | |
| 4214 | |
| 4215 | |
| 4216 @c ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 103394 | 4217 @node Mail and news |
| 84296 | 4218 @chapter Mail and news |
| 4219 @cindex Mail and news | |
| 4220 | |
| 4221 @menu | |
| 4222 * Changing the included text prefix:: | |
| 4223 * Saving a copy of outgoing mail:: | |
| 4224 * Expanding aliases when sending mail:: | |
| 4225 * Sorting the messages in an Rmail folder:: | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4226 * Rmail writes to /var/spool/mail:: |
| 84296 | 4227 * Replying to the sender of a message:: |
| 4228 * Automatically starting a mail or news reader:: | |
| 4229 * Reading news with Emacs:: | |
| 4230 * Gnus does not work with NNTP:: | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4231 * Making Gnus faster:: |
| 84296 | 4232 * Catching up in all newsgroups:: |
| 4233 @end menu | |
| 4234 | |
| 103394 | 4235 @node Changing the included text prefix |
| 84296 | 4236 @section How do I change the included text prefix in mail/news followups? |
| 4237 @cindex Prefix in mail/news followups, changing | |
| 4238 @cindex Included text prefix, changing | |
| 4239 @cindex Setting the included text character | |
| 4240 @cindex Quoting in mail messages | |
| 4241 | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4242 If you read mail with Rmail, set the variable @code{mail-yank-prefix}. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4243 For Gnus, set @code{message-yank-prefix}. For VM, set |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4244 @code{vm-included-text-prefix}. For mh-e, set @code{mh-ins-buf-prefix}. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4245 |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4246 For fancier control of citations, use Supercite (@pxref{Top,, the Supercite |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4247 Manual, sc, The Supercite Manual}). |
| 84296 | 4248 |
| 4249 To prevent Emacs from including various headers of the replied-to | |
| 4250 message, set the value of @code{mail-yank-ignored-headers} to an | |
| 4251 appropriate regexp. | |
| 4252 | |
| 103394 | 4253 @node Saving a copy of outgoing mail |
| 84296 | 4254 @section How do I save a copy of outgoing mail? |
| 4255 @cindex Saving a copy of outgoing mail | |
| 4256 @cindex Copying outgoing mail to a file | |
| 4257 @cindex Filing outgoing mail | |
| 4258 @cindex Automatic filing of outgoing mail | |
| 4259 @cindex Mail, saving outgoing automatically | |
| 4260 | |
| 4261 You can either mail yourself a copy by including a @samp{BCC} header in the | |
| 4262 mail message, or store a copy of the message directly to a file by | |
| 4263 including an @samp{FCC} header. | |
| 4264 | |
| 4265 If you use standard mail, you can automatically create a @samp{BCC} to | |
| 4266 yourself by putting | |
| 4267 | |
| 4268 @lisp | |
| 4269 (setq mail-self-blind t) | |
| 4270 @end lisp | |
| 4271 | |
| 4272 @noindent | |
| 4273 in your @file{.emacs} file. You can automatically include an @samp{FCC} | |
| 4274 field by putting something like the following in your @file{.emacs} | |
| 4275 file: | |
| 4276 | |
| 4277 @lisp | |
| 4278 (setq mail-archive-file-name (expand-file-name "~/outgoing")) | |
| 4279 @end lisp | |
| 4280 | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4281 The output file will be in Unix mail format. |
| 84296 | 4282 |
| 4283 If you use @code{mh-e}, add an @samp{FCC} or @samp{BCC} field to your | |
| 4284 components file. | |
| 4285 | |
| 4286 It does not work to put @samp{set record filename} in the @file{.mailrc} | |
| 4287 file. | |
| 4288 | |
| 103394 | 4289 @node Expanding aliases when sending mail |
| 84296 | 4290 @section Why doesn't Emacs expand my aliases when sending mail? |
| 4291 @cindex Expanding aliases when sending mail | |
| 4292 @cindex Mail alias expansion | |
| 4293 @cindex Sending mail with aliases | |
| 4294 | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4295 @xref{Mail Aliases,, The Emacs Manual, emacs, The Emacs Manual}. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4296 |
| 84296 | 4297 @itemize @bullet |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 @item | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4300 Normally, Emacs expands aliases when you send the message. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4301 To expand them before this, use @kbd{M-x expand-mail-aliases}. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4302 |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4303 @c FIXME there should be an interactive rebuild command for this. |
| 84296 | 4304 @item |
| 4305 Emacs normally only reads the @file{.mailrc} file once per session, | |
| 4306 when you start to compose your first mail message. If you edit | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4307 @file{.mailrc}, you can type @kbd{M-: (build-mail-aliases) @key{RET}} to |
| 84296 | 4308 make Emacs reread @file{~/.mailrc}. |
| 4309 | |
| 4310 @item | |
| 4311 If you like, you can expand mail aliases as abbrevs, as soon as you | |
| 4312 type them in. To enable this feature, execute the following: | |
| 4313 | |
| 4314 @lisp | |
| 4315 (add-hook 'mail-mode-hook 'mail-abbrevs-setup) | |
| 4316 @end lisp | |
| 4317 | |
| 4318 Note that the aliases are expanded automatically only after you type | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4319 a word-separator character (e.g. @key{RET} or @kbd{,}). You can force their |
| 84296 | 4320 expansion by moving point to the end of the alias and typing @kbd{C-x a e} |
| 4321 (@kbd{M-x expand-abbrev}). | |
| 4322 @end itemize | |
| 4323 | |
| 103394 | 4324 @node Sorting the messages in an Rmail folder |
| 84296 | 4325 @section How can I sort the messages in my Rmail folder? |
| 4326 @cindex Rmail, sorting messages in | |
| 4327 @cindex Folder, sorting messages in an Rmail | |
| 4328 @cindex Sorting messages in an Rmail folder | |
| 4329 | |
| 4330 In Rmail, type @kbd{C-c C-s C-h} to get a list of sorting functions | |
| 4331 and their key bindings. | |
| 4332 | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4333 @node Rmail writes to /var/spool/mail |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4334 @section Why does Rmail need to write to @file{/var/spool/mail}? |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4335 @cindex Rmail and @file{/var/spool/mail} |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4336 @cindex @file{/var/spool/mail} and Rmail |
| 84296 | 4337 |
| 4338 This is the behavior of the @code{movemail} program which Rmail uses. | |
| 4339 This indicates that @code{movemail} is configured to use lock files. | |
| 4340 | |
| 4341 RMS writes: | |
| 4342 | |
| 4343 @quotation | |
| 4344 Certain systems require lock files to interlock access to mail files. | |
| 4345 On these systems, @code{movemail} must write lock files, or you risk losing | |
| 4346 mail. You simply must arrange to let @code{movemail} write them. | |
| 4347 | |
| 4348 Other systems use the @code{flock} system call to interlock access. On | |
| 4349 these systems, you should configure @code{movemail} to use @code{flock}. | |
| 4350 @end quotation | |
| 4351 | |
| 103394 | 4352 @node Replying to the sender of a message |
| 84296 | 4353 @section How can I force Rmail to reply to the sender of a message, but not the other recipients? |
| 4354 @cindex Replying only to the sender of a message | |
| 4355 @cindex Sender, replying only to | |
| 4356 @cindex Rmail, replying to the sender of a message in | |
| 4357 | |
| 4358 @email{isaacson@@seas.upenn.edu, Ron Isaacson} says: When you hit | |
| 4359 @key{r} to reply in Rmail, by default it CCs all of the original | |
| 4360 recipients (everyone on the original @samp{To} and @samp{CC} | |
| 4361 lists). With a prefix argument (i.e., typing @kbd{C-u} before @key{r}), | |
| 4362 it replies only to the sender. However, going through the whole | |
| 4363 @kbd{C-u} business every time you want to reply is a pain. This is the | |
| 4364 best fix I've been able to come up with: | |
| 4365 | |
| 4366 @lisp | |
| 4367 (defun rmail-reply-t () | |
| 4368 "Reply only to the sender of the current message. (See rmail-reply.)" | |
| 4369 (interactive) | |
| 4370 (rmail-reply t)) | |
| 4371 | |
| 4372 (add-hook 'rmail-mode-hook | |
| 4373 (lambda () | |
| 4374 (define-key rmail-mode-map "r" 'rmail-reply-t) | |
| 4375 (define-key rmail-mode-map "R" 'rmail-reply))) | |
| 4376 @end lisp | |
| 4377 | |
| 103394 | 4378 @node Automatically starting a mail or news reader |
| 84296 | 4379 @section How do I make Emacs automatically start my mail/news reader? |
| 4380 @cindex Mail reader, starting automatically | |
| 4381 @cindex News reader, starting automatically | |
| 4382 @cindex Starting mail/news reader automatically | |
| 4383 | |
| 4384 To start Emacs in Gnus: | |
| 4385 | |
| 4386 @example | |
| 4387 emacs -f gnus | |
| 4388 @end example | |
| 4389 | |
| 4390 @noindent | |
| 4391 in Rmail: | |
| 4392 | |
| 4393 @example | |
| 4394 emacs -f rmail | |
| 4395 @end example | |
| 4396 | |
| 4397 A more convenient way to start with Gnus: | |
| 4398 | |
| 4399 @example | |
| 4400 alias gnus 'emacs -f gnus' | |
| 4401 gnus | |
| 4402 @end example | |
| 4403 | |
| 4404 It is probably unwise to automatically start your mail or news reader | |
| 4405 from your @file{.emacs} file. This would cause problems if you needed to run | |
| 4406 two copies of Emacs at the same time. Also, this would make it difficult for | |
| 4407 you to start Emacs quickly when you needed to. | |
| 4408 | |
| 103394 | 4409 @node Reading news with Emacs |
| 84296 | 4410 @section How do I read news under Emacs? |
| 4411 @cindex Reading news under Emacs | |
| 4412 @cindex Usenet reader in Emacs | |
| 4413 @cindex Gnus newsreader | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4414 @cindex FAQ for Gnus |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4415 @cindex Gnus FAQ |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4416 @cindex Learning more about Gnus |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4417 |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4418 Use @kbd{M-x gnus}. For more information on Gnus, @pxref{Top,, the Gnus |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4419 Manual, gnus, The Gnus Manual}, which includes @ref{Frequently Asked |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4420 Questions,, the Gnus FAQ, gnus}. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4421 |
| 84296 | 4422 |
| 103394 | 4423 @node Gnus does not work with NNTP |
| 84296 | 4424 @section Why doesn't Gnus work via NNTP? |
| 4425 @cindex Gnus and NNTP | |
| 4426 @cindex NNTP, Gnus fails to work with | |
| 4427 | |
| 4428 There is a bug in NNTP version 1.5.10, such that when multiple requests | |
| 4429 are sent to the NNTP server, the server only handles the first one | |
| 4430 before blocking waiting for more input which never comes. NNTP version | |
| 4431 1.5.11 claims to fix this. | |
| 4432 | |
| 4433 You can work around the bug inside Emacs like this: | |
| 4434 | |
| 4435 @lisp | |
| 4436 (setq nntp-maximum-request 1) | |
| 4437 @end lisp | |
| 4438 | |
| 4439 You can find out what version of NNTP your news server is running by | |
| 4440 telnetting to the NNTP port (usually 119) on the news server machine | |
| 4441 (i.e., @kbd{telnet server-machine 119}). The server should give its | |
| 4442 version number in the welcome message. Type @kbd{quit} to get out. | |
| 4443 | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4444 @node Making Gnus faster |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4445 @section How do I make Gnus faster? |
| 84296 | 4446 @cindex Faster, starting Gnus |
| 4447 @cindex Starting Gnus faster | |
| 4448 @cindex Gnus, starting faster | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4449 @cindex Slow catch up in Gnus |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4450 @cindex Gnus is slow when catching up |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4451 @cindex Crosspostings make Gnus catching up slow |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4452 |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4453 From the Gnus FAQ (@pxref{Reading news with Emacs}): |
| 84296 | 4454 |
| 4455 @quotation | |
|
103444
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4456 If you have a slow machine, or are just really impatient, there are a |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4457 few things you can do to make Gnus run faster. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4458 |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4459 Set @code{gnus-check-new-newsgroups} and |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4460 @code{gnus-check-bogus-newsgroups} to @code{nil} to make startup faster. |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4461 |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4462 Set @code{gnus-show-threads}, @code{gnus-use-cross-reference} and |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4463 @code{gnus-nov-is-evil} to @code{nil} to make entering and exiting the |
|
61b1b668390e
(Top): Mention which Emacs version this FAQ is about.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
103427
diff
changeset
|
4464 summary buffer faster. |
| 84296 | 4465 @end quotation |
| 4466 | |
| 103394 | 4467 @node Catching up in all newsgroups |
| 84296 | 4468 @section How do I catch up all newsgroups in Gnus? |
| 4469 @cindex Catching up all newsgroups in Gnus | |
| 4470 @cindex Gnus, Catching up all newsgroups in | |
| 4471 | |
| 4472 In the @file{*Newsgroup*} buffer, type @kbd{M-< C-x ( c y C-x ) M-0 C-x e} | |
| 4473 | |
| 4474 Leave off the initial @kbd{M-<} if you only want to catch up from point | |
| 4475 to the end of the @file{*Newsgroup*} buffer. | |
| 4476 | |
| 103394 | 4477 @node Concept index |
| 84296 | 4478 @unnumbered Concept Index |
| 4479 @printindex cp | |
| 4480 | |
| 4481 @bye | |
| 4482 | |
| 4483 @ignore | |
| 4484 arch-tag: fee0d62d-06cf-43d8-ac21-123408eaf10f | |
| 4485 @end ignore |
